217397260.60570890450000000.600.000001832250--12-312021FYfalseNoYes0057500005750000000.0033No57500005750000P10D0NoP3D217397265708904050000000.600.600.000.000000230000000001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputRiskFreeInterestRateMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputPriceVolatilityMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExpectedTermMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExercisePriceMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-140001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputRiskFreeInterestRateMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-140001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputPriceVolatilityMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-140001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExpectedTermMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-140001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExercisePriceMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-140001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMember2021-01-140001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputRiskFreeInterestRateMember2021-01-140001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputPriceVolatilityMember2021-01-140001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExpectedTermMember2021-01-140001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:MeasurementInputExercisePriceMember2021-01-140001832250us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250gnac:FounderSharesMembergnac:SponsorMemberus-gaap:IPOMember2020-11-012020-11-300001832250us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-11-080001832250us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-11-0800018322502020-11-080001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2021-01-200001832250us-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-200001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-11-080001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-11-080001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-202021-01-200001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:PromissoryNoteWithRelatedPartyMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:WorkingCapitalLoansWarrantMembergnac:RelatedPartyLoansMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Member2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassBNotSubjectToRedemptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:CommonClassBNotSubjectToRedemptionMember2020-11-092020-12-310001832250us-gaap:IPOMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:MeasurementInputSharePriceMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:MeasurementInputRiskFreeInterestRateMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:MeasurementInputPriceVolatilityMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:MeasurementInputExpectedTermMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:MeasurementInputExercisePriceMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:MeasurementInputProbabilityOfCompletingBusinessCombinationMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2020-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2020-12-310001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-200001832250gnac:PrivateAndPublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2021-01-200001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2021-01-202021-01-200001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMemberus-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:FounderSharesMembergnac:SponsorMemberus-gaap:CommonClassBMember2020-11-012020-11-3000018322502020-11-082020-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2022-02-222022-02-220001832250gnac:FounderSharesMemberus-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2020-11-012020-11-300001832250us-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-202021-01-200001832250gnac:FounderSharesMemberus-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2020-11-300001832250gnac:FounderSharesMemberus-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember2021-01-200001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-202021-01-200001832250us-gaap:WarrantMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:RelatedPartyLoansMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:PromissoryNoteWithRelatedPartyMember2020-11-090001832250gnac:PublicWarrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-3100018322502020-11-092020-12-3100018322502021-01-200001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:FounderSharesMemberus-gaap:CommonClassAMember2020-11-012020-11-300001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2021-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfClassCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds18.00Membergnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfClassCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds10.00Membergnac:PublicWarrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfClassCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds18.00Membergnac:PublicWarrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:WorkingCapitalLoansWarrantMembergnac:RelatedPartyLoansMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:PromissoryNoteNewMember2021-03-290001832250gnac:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMemberus-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-200001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:ConvertibleNotesPayableMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:PromissoryNoteNewMember2021-12-310001832250gnac:ConsultantMembergnac:FounderSharesMember2021-05-180001832250gnac:DirectorNomineeMembergnac:FounderSharesMember2021-03-040001832250gnac:DirectorNomineeMembergnac:FounderSharesMember2021-03-020001832250gnac:DirectorNomineesAndAffiliatesOfSponsorGroupMembergnac:FounderSharesMember2021-01-310001832250gnac:FounderSharesMembergnac:SponsorMemberus-gaap:IPOMember2020-11-3000018322502020-11-300001832250gnac:FounderSharesMembergnac:SponsorMember2020-11-300001832250gnac:CommonClassaSubjectToRedemptionMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-01-012021-12-3100018322502020-12-3100018322502021-12-310001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:WarrantsEachWholeWarrantExercisableForOneShareOfClassCommonStockAtExercisePriceMember2021-01-012021-12-310001832250gnac:UnitEachConsistingOfOneClassCommonStockAndOneThirdRedeemableWarrantMember2021-01-012021-12-3100018322502021-06-300001832250us-gaap:CommonClassBMember2022-03-300001832250us-gaap:CommonClassAMember2022-03-3000018322502021-01-012021-12-31xbrli:sharesiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:sharesgnac:Votegnac:itemxbrli:puregnac:Dgnac:Y

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended

December 31, 2021

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

Commission File Number: 001-39905

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware

    

85-3841363

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.) 

568 Broadway, Floor 10, New York, New York

10012

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbols

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant

 

GNACU

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

GNAC

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50

 

GNACW

 

Nasdaq Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES NO

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  YES NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES   NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. (See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 Large accelerated filer

    

Accelerated filer

 Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES   NO 

As of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, closing price of the registrant’s Class A common stock was $9.78. The aggregate market value of the units outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price for the units on June 30, 2021, as reported on the NASDAQ was $224,940,000.

As of March 30, 2022, there were 23,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,750,000 shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, issued and outstanding.

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

1

Item 1.

Business

1

Item 1A.

Risk factors

23

Item 2.

Properties

58

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

58

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

58

PART II

59

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

59

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

61

Item 7a.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

64

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

64

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

65

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

65

Item 9B.

Other Information

65

PART III

66

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

66

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

72

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

73

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

74

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

77

PART IV

79

Item 15.

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

79

i

Table of Contents

CERTAIN TERMS

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us” or “we” refer to Group Nine Acquisition Corp. a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on November 9, 2020.

References to our “Sponsor” refer to Group Nine SPAC LLC. References to our “Public Offering” refer to the initial public offering of Group Nine Acquisition Corp., which closed on January 20, 2021 (the “IPO Closing Date”).

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking and as such are not historical facts. This includes, without limitation, statements under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our financial position, business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations. These statements constitute projections, forecasts and forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are not guarantees of performance. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. Such statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. When we discuss our strategies or plans, we are making projections, forecasts or forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results and stockholder’s value will be affected by a variety of risks and factors, including, without limitation, international, national and local economic conditions, merger, acquisition and business combination risks, financing risks, geo-political risks, acts of terror or war, and those risk factors described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Many of the risks and factors that will determine these results and stockholder value are beyond our ability to control or predict.

All such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are qualified in their entirety by this Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

ii

Table of Contents

PART I.

Item 1.Business

Introduction

We are a blank check company incorporated on November 9, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”). We have reviewed, and continue to review, a number of opportunities to enter into a Business Combination with an operating business, but we are not able to determine at this time whether we will complete a Business Combination with any of the target businesses that we have reviewed or with any other target business. We also have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue to date. Based on our business activities, we are a “shell company” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) because we have no operations and nominal assets consisting solely of cash and/or cash equivalents.

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,187,500 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B common stock”), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 or approximately $0.003 per share. On November 19, 2020, we effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in an aggregate outstanding amount of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. Our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 100,000 of its Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors and 25,000 Founder Shares to an independent consultant (together with our Sponsor, the “Initial Stockholders”).

On January 20, 2021, we consummated our Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (the “Units”) of the Company, including 3,000,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A common stock” and, together with the Class B common stock, the “common stock”), and one-third of one redeemable warrant of the Company (“Warrant”), each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Class A common stock. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 2,840,000 Warrants to our Sponsor (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $4,260,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sale of the Private Placement Warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

1

Table of Contents

On the IPO Closing Date, $230,000,000 of the gross proceeds from the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were deposited in a U.S.-based trust account (the “Trust Account”) with Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company acting as trustee (the “Trustee”). Of the $4,260,000 held outside of the Trust Account, $2,760,000 was used to pay underwriting discounts and commissions, $458,681 was used to repay notes payable to our Sponsor and advances from our Sponsor and the balance was available to pay accrued offering and formation costs, business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Funds held in the Trust Account have been invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty-five (185) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any shares of Class A common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of such shares of Class A common stock if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the shares of Class A common stock if we are unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date (subject to applicable law).

On March 8, 2021, we announced that the holders of our Units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and Warrants included in the Units on the Nasdaq Capital Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) under the symbols “GNAC” and “GNACW,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on the NASDAQ under the symbol “GNACU.”

We may pursue a target business in any stage of its corporate evolution or in any industry, sector or geographic region. In addition to capitalizing on the ability of our management team to identify, acquire and operate a target business in the digital media and/or adjacent industries, we also have the ability to source a target business from various third parties who bring us opportunities, in which case we may pursue a transaction outside of the digital media space. While we still may pursue a business combination in the digital media space, as a result of the transactions described below, it may be more likely that we may seek a business combination in an alternative industry if we deem it is in our shareholders’ best interest to pursue a transaction outside of the digital media space.

Recent Developments

On December 13, 2021, Group Nine Media, Inc. (“Group Nine Media”), the sole member of our Sponsor, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Vox Media Holdings, Inc. (“Vox Media”), Voyager Merger Sub, Inc., a subsidiary of Vox Media (“Merger Sub”), and Group Nine Media (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Group Nine Media merged with the Merger Sub and became a wholly owned subsidiary of Vox Media (the “Merger”). The transaction closed on February 22, 2022.

As a result of the acquisition, Vox Media wholly owns our Sponsor. Our Sponsor holds 5,625,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which represents approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, and as such Vox Media is able to unilaterally control the election of our board of directors (“Board”) and, ultimately, the direction of the Company until our initial business combination, if any. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Group Nine Media, which owns 100% of our Sponsor, has been acquired by Vox Media resulting in our Sponsor being wholly-owned by Vox Media. This change of ownership has significant implications on our business strategy, management, ability to complete a business combination and nature of such business combination” and other risk factors described below.

Our Management Team

Our management team consists of seasoned industry executives, with proven track records of:

operating fast growing technology businesses across digital media and adjacent industries;
developing scaled digital media brands;
growing prominent companies, both organically and through acquisitions;
building portfolio infrastructure;

2

Table of Contents

monetizing brands through diversified channels;
evaluating key trends and building innovative multi-brand digital content platforms;
building cohesive and productive management teams;
functioning in an advisory capacity and providing governance to operational leadership teams;
sourcing, structuring, financing, acquiring and selling businesses; and
fostering relationships with sellers, investors and target management teams.

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Ben Lerer, currently serves as Director of Vox Media. Mr. Lerer was Chief Executive Officer of Group Nine Media, parent to digital publishers NowThis, The Dodo, Thrillist, Seeker, and POPSUGAR, until February 2022 when the company was acquired by Vox Media. Previously, Mr. Lerer was CEO and founder of Thrillist. Mr. Lerer served on the board of Casper Sleep (NYSE: CSPR) from July 2014 until its merger in January 2022.

Our President and Director, Brian Sugar, joined Group Nine Media with the acquisition of POPSUGAR, which he co-founded with his wife, Lisa Sugar, in 2006. Mr. Sugar had served as Chief Executive Officer of POPSUGAR since its inception. In Mr. Sugar’s 13 years leading POPSUGAR, the company acquired nine businesses in digital content and e-commerce.

Our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, Sean Macnew, currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Vox Media and previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Group Nine Media. Mr. Macnew has over 25 years of finance, corporate development, and general management experience. Mr. Macnew joined Group Nine Media with its acquisition of POPSUGAR, where he held the positions of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer.

Our management grew Group Nine Media’s audience reach to 44% of the U.S. population monthly, with nearly 7 billion views of Group Nine Media’s videos monthly, across a diverse content portfolio consisting of Thrillist, POPSUGAR, The Dodo, NowThis, and Seeker. Mr. Lerer and Mr. Sugar also have extensive experience identifying, investing in, and partnering with private companies. Mr. Lerer is a Managing Partner at prominent early-stage venture capital fund Lerer Hippeau, which he co-founded in 2010. Mr. Sugar is a Managing Partner at early-stage venture capital firm Sugar Capital, which he founded in 2020 to invest in brands and technology that will power the future of e-commerce. Mr. Sugar is also an early investor in Afterpay, Everlane, Fast, Optimizely, and Roadster, among other companies.

3

Table of Contents

Acquisition Strategy

If we pursue a transaction in the digital media space, our goal is to create a scalable digital media platform with the infrastructure to continuously support and grow bolt-on and tuck-in acquisitions for financial return. We would create this platform through the consummation of our Business Combination, targeting businesses with meaningful financial scale and immediately identifiable cost synergies. We would then intend to further enhance stockholder value by identifying and completing additional acquisitions, implementing operational improvements, and expanding the targets’ product offerings and geographic footprints.

We believe many businesses in the digital media, social media, e-commerce, and events sectors could benefit from access to the public markets, but have thus far been unable to access these markets due to a number of factors, including standalone lack of scale and perceived digital media market volatility. If we pursue a transaction in the digital media space, we would expect to utilize our management team’s experience in operating and leading successful digital media and e-commerce companies and significant relationships in these sectors to achieve our objective. In our selection process would leverage our management team’s deep and trusted contacts in the digital media and adjacent sectors globally, which we believe would provide us with access to attractive business combination opportunities in these sectors.

As one of the earliest formed digital media-focused special purpose acquisition companies (each, a “SPAC”), we believe that we are in a unique position to capitalize on the expected industry consolidation. Our management team has developed a proven roll up thesis through their professional tenure and successful track record of integrating and growing acquired brands and realizing synergies with the Group Nine Media digital platform. In a sector that we believe has value opportunities, one with many sub-scale players looking for larger platforms to join, we believe we could build a diverse digital media platform through which to serve as an appealing home for premium brands and intellectual property (“IP”) under a centralized management team if we pursue a transaction in the digital media space. We believe this centralization would allow for the sharing of best practices across brands, while we believe the asset portfolio diversification would provide each individual brand the freedom to operate and grow their categories of expertise. Furthermore, we would expect that the implementation of our roll up strategy would provide considerable upside potential through increased advertising revenue from combined go-to market strategies, centralized capabilities for revenue diversification, financial security through additional scale, as well as cost savings from centralized go-to-market and back-office functions.

We also have the flexibility to pursue a transaction in other industries if our board deems it in the best interest of shareholders. We may engage third parties to help us with the search and evaluation of targets in such industries.

Acquisition Criteria

We intend to identify companies that have compelling growth potential and a combination of the characteristics listed below. We will use these guidelines to evaluate acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria.

We intend to prioritize businesses that exhibit attractive financial metrics, including demonstrated revenue scale and growth and a clear path to profitability.
We intend to focus on businesses that have significant embedded or underexploited expansion opportunities, have been underinvested in by current owners, or where additional acquisitions could unlock significant potential synergies.
We intend to focus on businesses that have identifiable and implementable opportunities for value creation through acquisitions, capital investment in organic growth strategies, or generation of greater operating efficiencies.
We intend to focus on businesses that can benefit from a public listing and access to the public capital markets and will be able to effectively utilize the broader access to capital and the public profile that are associated with being a publicly traded company.

Additionally, if we pursue a target business in the digital media space, we would also use the below guidelines to evaluate acquisition opportunities.

4

Table of Contents

Businesses that operate category-leading digital media and adjacent sector brands, where we can leverage our management team’s experience as acquirers, operators, and investors and extensive network of industry leaders.
Businesses that own established, trusted, multi-platform IP and have proven success in monetizing IP across multiple channels, including but not limited to linear programming, product licensing, affiliate, and events.
Businesses with which we would have the ability to efficiently unlock revenue synergies, synergies of scale, and/or operational synergies.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular Business Combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines, as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management team may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our Business Combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our Business Combination, would be in the form of proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents that we would file with the SEC.

Our Business Combination Process

In evaluating a prospective target business for our Business Combination, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management, document reviews, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us. We will also utilize our operational and capital planning experience and may engage third party advisors to assist the board and management in identifying and evaluating a transaction outside of the digital media space.

We are not prohibited from pursuing a Business Combination with a business that is affiliated with our initial stockholders, officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates. In the event we seek to complete our Business Combination with a business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or any of their affiliates, we, or a committee of disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member or FINRA or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our Business Combination is fair to us from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Members of our management team and certain of our directors directly or indirectly own Founder Shares and/or Private Placement Warrants following our Public Offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our Business Combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to our Business Combination.

In addition, each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she honors these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, and may determine to only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the consummation of our Business Combination, we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue and the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating any legal obligation. Our officers and directors would continue to be subject to all other fiduciary duties owed to us and our stockholders and no other waivers of their respective fiduciary obligations have been provided to any such officers and directors. We do not have any plan for any waiver of the fiduciary duties of our officers and directors post-business combination.

5

Table of Contents

Further, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Business Combination

NASDAQ listing rules require that our Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our Business Combination. We refer to this as the 80% of net assets test. If our Board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We anticipate structuring our Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own or acquire shares will own or acquire 100% of the outstanding equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business or businesses in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target business and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target or issue a substantial number of new shares to third-parties in connection with financing our Business Combination. In such cases, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our Business Combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our Business Combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired by us is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If our Business Combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the Business Combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable. Subject to the foregoing, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our Business Combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In connection with our Public Offering, we filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our Business Combination.

Corporate Information

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

6

Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter.

Our executive offices are located at 568 Broadway, Floor 10, New York, NY 10012. Our website address is www.gnacinc.com.

7

Table of Contents

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants initially in the amount of $230,021,427 assuming no redemptions and after payment of approximately $8,050,000 of deferred underwriting commissions, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our Business Combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting our Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following our Public Offering. We intend to effectuate our Business Combination using cash from the proceeds our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our Business Combination. We may seek to complete our Business Combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our Business Combination is paid for using equity or debt or not all of the funds released from the Trust Account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our Business Combination or used for redemption of our public shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the Trust Account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our Business Combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

As of December 31, 2021, we had not selected any business combination target.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our Business Combination, and we may effectuate our Business Combination using the proceeds of such offerings rather than using the amounts held in the Trust Account.

In the case of Business Combination funded with assets other than the Trust Account assets, our tender offer documents or proxy materials disclosing the business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by applicable law or we decide to do so for business or other reasons, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our Business Combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

8

Table of Contents

Sources of Target Business

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and investment professionals. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us by calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read our prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as our Sponsor and their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors and our Sponsor and their respective industry and business contacts as well as their affiliates. We may engage the services of professional firms that specialize in business acquisitions, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee, advisory fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the Trust Account. In no event will our Sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which our Sponsor or officers are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation by the company prior to, or in connection with any services rendered for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). Although none of our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated Business Combination, we do not have a policy that prohibits our Sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, from negotiating for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses by a target business. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our Business Combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of Business Combination candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or their respective affiliates. In the event we seek to complete our Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, or their respective affiliates, we, or a committee of disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our Business Combination is fair to our company and our stockholders from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of Business Combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Business Combination

NASDAQ listing rules require that our Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting commissions held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our Business Combination. We refer to this as the 80% of net assets test. Our Board will make the determination as to the fair market value of our Business Combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our Board based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation or value of comparable businesses. Even though our Board will rely on generally accepted standards, our Board will have discretion to select the standards employed. In addition, the application of the standards generally involves a substantial degree of judgment. Accordingly, investors will be relying on the business judgment of the Board in evaluating the fair market value of the target business or businesses. The proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents used by us in connection with any proposed transaction will provide public stockholders with our analysis of our satisfaction of the 80% of net assets test, as well as the basis for our determinations. If our Board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or

9

Table of Contents

businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from another entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our Business Combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete Business Combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be taken into account for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. There is no basis for investors to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any target business with which we may ultimately complete our Business Combination.

To the extent we effect our Business Combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management, document reviews, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our Business Combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our Business Combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding Business Combination without the prior consent of our Sponsor.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our Business Combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business.

Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our Business Combination; and
cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our Business Combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our Business Combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors or officers will remain associated in some capacity with us following our Business Combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to

10

Table of Contents

our affairs subsequent to our Business Combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our Business Combination.

Following our Business Combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of Business Combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of Transaction

    

Whether Stockholder Approval is Required

Purchase of assets

No

Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company

No

Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company

No

Merger of the company with a target

Yes

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our Business Combination if, for example:

we issue shares of common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding (other than in a public offering);
any of our directors, officers or substantial stockholders (as defined by NASDAQ listing rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of common stock could result in an increase in outstanding shares of common stock or voting power of 5% or more; or
the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and other reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine stockholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek stockholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company;
the expected cost of holding a stockholder vote;
the risk that the stockholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination;
other time and budget constraints of the company; and

11

Table of Contents

additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to stockholders.

Permitted Purchases of Our Securities

In the event we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our Business Combination. There is no limit on the number of public shares such persons may purchase. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. In the event our initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates determine to make any such purchases at the time of a stockholder vote relating to our Business Combination, such purchases could have the effect of influencing the vote necessary to approve such transaction. None of the funds in the Trust Account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holder of our shares, is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. We have adopted an insider trading policy which will require insiders to (1) refrain from purchasing securities when they are in possession of any material non-public information and (2) to clear all trades with our legal counsel prior to execution. We cannot currently determine whether our insiders will make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan, as it will be dependent upon several factors, including but not limited to, the timing and size of such purchases. Depending on such circumstances, our insiders may either make such purchases pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan or determine that such a plan is not necessary.

In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights or submitted a proxy to vote against our Business Combination, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares and any proxy to vote against our Business Combination. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will be required to comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. None of the funds held in the Trust Account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions prior to completion of our Business Combination.

The purpose of such purchases could be to (1) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our Business Combination or (2) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our shares of Class A common stock may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors and/or any of their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our Business Combination. To the extent that our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the Trust Account or vote against our Business Combination. Such persons would select the stockholders from whom to acquire shares based on the number of shares available, the negotiated price per share and such other factors as any such person may deem relevant at the time of purchase. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be different than the amount per share a public stockholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our

12

Table of Contents

Business Combination. Our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates will be restricted from purchasing shares unless such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or any of their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will be restricted except to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our Sponsor, officers, directors and/or any of their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Redemption Rights For Public Stockholders Upon Completion of a Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our Business Combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. At completion of the business combination, we will be required to purchase any public shares properly delivered for redemption and not withdrawn. The amount in the Trust Account was initially $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our Business Combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our Business Combination either: (1) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the business combination; or (2) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would typically require stockholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other reasons.

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and
file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our Business Combination, we and our Sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

13

Table of Contents

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our Business Combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001, upon consummation of a Business Combination and after payment of the deferred underwriting commission (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our Business Combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such Business Combination, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and
file proxy materials with the SEC.

We expect that a final proxy statement would be mailed to public stockholders at least 10 days prior to the stockholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such stockholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Although we are not required to do so, we currently intend to comply with the substantive and procedural requirements of Regulation 14A in connection with any stockholder vote even if we are not able to maintain our NASDAQ listing or Exchange Act registration.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the Business Combination.

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree) to vote any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our Business Combination. We expect that at the time of any stockholder vote relating to our Business Combination, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees will own at least 20% of our outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares without voting and, if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of a business combination.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our Business Combination and after payment of the deferred underwriting commission (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Redemptions of our public shares may also be subject to a higher net tangible asset test or cash requirement pursuant to an agreement relating to our Business Combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (1) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners; (2) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes; or (3) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

14

Table of Contents

Limitation on Redemption Upon Completion of Our Business Combination if We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to Excess Shares (defined below), without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our Sponsor or its affiliates to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our Sponsor or its affiliates at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our Business Combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our Business Combination.

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve our Business Combination in the event we distribute proxy materials or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, rather than simply voting against the Business Combination at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our Business Combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Pursuant to the tender offer rules, the tender offer period will be not less than 20 business days and, in the case of a stockholder vote, a final proxy statement would be mailed to public stockholders at least 10 days prior to the stockholder vote. However, we expect that a draft proxy statement would be made available to such stockholders well in advance of such time, providing additional notice of redemption if we conduct redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their Business Combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on Business Combination, and a holder could simply vote against the proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or

15

Table of Contents

electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or two business days prior to the scheduled date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable (unless we elect to allow additional redemption rights). Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our Business Combination.

If our Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the Trust Account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination until 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any extended time that we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months as a result of a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (“Extension Period”).

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if No Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will have only 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering to complete our Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within such 24-month period or during any Extension Period, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares held by them if we fail to complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period. However, if our Sponsor, officers and directors acquire public shares in or after our Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our Business Combination within the allotted 24-month time period.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemptions in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (a) in the case of our Business Combination, upon consummation of such Business Combination and after payment of the deferred underwriting commission or (b) in the case of an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated our Business

16

Table of Contents

Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, upon such amendment (in each case so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is being exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above) we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the proceeds held outside the Trust Account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the Trust Account not required to pay taxes we may request the Trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the Trust Account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the Trust Account and any tax payments or expenses for the dissolution of the trust, the per share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors described above. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. The underwriters of our Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and the underwriters of our Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor,

17

Table of Contents

which is a newly formed entity, has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnification obligations. Given that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. Furthermore, we have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.” None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below: (1) $10.00 per public share; or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our disinterested directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our disinterested directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our disinterested directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in certain instances. For example, the cost of such legal action may be deemed by the disinterested directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or the disinterested directors may determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per share redemption price will not be substantially less than $10.00 per share. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors described above.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. Our Sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have access to the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants (after payment of offering expenses), with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our Trust Account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we have not completed our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and

18

Table of Contents

our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the end of our acquisition period and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent ten years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account. The underwriters of our Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account.

As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the Trust Account is remote. Further, our Sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the Trust Account are not reduced below: (1) $10.00 per public share; or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay our taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our Board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our Board and us to claims of punitive damages.”

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (1) the completion of our Business Combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity; and (3) the redemption of all of our public shares if we have not completed our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public stockholders who do not exercise their redemption rights in connection with such an amendment to our certificate of incorporation would still have redemption rights in connection with any other applicable amendment to our certificate of incorporation and a subsequent business combination to the extent they are then public stockholders. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the Trust Account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our Business Combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with our Business Combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the Trust

19

Table of Contents

Account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. Holders of Warrants will not have any rights of proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the Warrants.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to our Public Offering which apply to us until the consummation of our Business Combination. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

prior to the consummation of our Business Combination, we shall either: (1) seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, without voting, and, if they do vote, independent of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable); or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to tender their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein;
we will consummate our Business Combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our Business Combination and after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination at a duly held stockholders meeting;
if our Business Combination is not consummated within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering, then our existence will terminate and we will distribute all amounts in the Trust Account; and
prior to our Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the Trust Account or (2) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on any Business Combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (y) amend the foregoing provisions.

These provisions cannot be amended without the approval of holders of at least 65% of our outstanding common stock. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our Business Combination, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may consummate our Business Combination only if approved by a majority of the shares of common stock voted by our stockholders at a duly held stockholders meeting.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our Business Combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions, as well as affiliates of Vox Media. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our Business Combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating Business Combination.

20

Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

Certain of our directors and officers and affiliates of our Sponsor have duties to various entities, including to Vox Media. These entities may compete with us for acquisition opportunities in the same industries and sectors as we may target for our Business Combination. If these entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunities.

In addition, investment ideas generated within our Sponsor and other persons who may make decisions for the company, may be suitable for both us and for current or future entities managed by our directors, officers or affiliates of our Sponsor and may be directed to such entity rather than to us. As directors or employees of Vox Media or its affiliates, certain members of the management team are and in the future will be involved in the formation of and offerings by these companies as well as the identification, acquisition and management of investments by such companies. The letter agreements entered into with our officers will not restrict them from undertaking any such activities. Our CEO and Chairman Ben Lerer is also a Managing Partner at Lerer Hippeau Acquisition Corp., another blank check company. In addition, our Sponsor, officers and directors may in the future, participate in the formation of, become an officer or director of, invest in, or otherwise become associated with any other blank check company prior to completion of our Business Combination.

Our key personnel, some of whom are affiliated with Vox Media, may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating potential business combinations if Vox Media or its affiliates have direct or indirect exposure to the target of such potential business combination and may realize material economic benefits in connection with the corporation’s completion of a business combination with such target.

As a result, conflicts of interest may arise between our officers’ fiduciary and contractual obligations to these companies, including Vox Media and its affiliates, and our officers’ obligations to us. None of the members of our management team who are also employed by Vox Media, our Sponsor or its affiliates have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware. Our management team, in their capacities as directors, officers or employees of Vox Media, our Sponsor or their affiliates in their other endeavors, may choose to present potential business combinations to the related entities described above, current or future investment vehicles of our Sponsor or its affiliates, including other blank-check companies, or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us, subject to applicable fiduciary duties. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.”

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to one or more other entities, including Vox Media or its affiliates, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Additionally, our CEO and Chairman Ben Lerer is also a Managing Partner at Lerer Hippeau Acquisition Corp., another blank check company. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties to us under Delaware law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination.

Indemnity

Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our franchise and income taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnification obligations. Given that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our

21

Table of Contents

company, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. Furthermore, we have not asked our Sponsor, which is a newly formed entity, to reserve for such obligations. We believe the likelihood of our Sponsor having to indemnify the Trust Account is limited because we will endeavor to have all vendors and prospective target businesses as well as other entities execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.”

Employees

We currently have three officers and do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our Business Combination. Members of our management team are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our Business Combination. The amount of time that any such person will devote in any time period to our company will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our Business Combination and the current stage of the business combination process.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our Units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accounting firm.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements on our internal control over financial reporting. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

22

Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our Public Offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.

Item 1A. Risk factors

Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, in addition to the other information contained herein and our other filings with the SEC, including our financial statements and related notes herein and our other filings with the SEC. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The risks include the following summary risk factors:

our ability to unilaterally control the election of our Board;
our resources, personnel, abilities, or knowledge to pursue our Business Combination;
our current management’s continued employment and the Sponsor’s and our current management’s desire to complete our Business Combination;
our ability to pursue our Business Combination in the digital media space or in other industries;
our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;
our ability to complete our Business Combination;
our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our Business Combination;
our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our Business Combination;
our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our Business Combination;
our pool of prospective target businesses;

23

Table of Contents

our ability to consummate Business Combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;
the ability of our officers and directors and their advisors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
the lack of a market for our securities;
the use of proceeds not held in the Trust Account or available to us from interest income on the Trust Account balance;
the Trust Account not being subject to claims of third parties; or
our financial performance.

Risks Related to Searching for and Consummating a Business Combination

Group Nine Media, which owns 100% of our Sponsor, has been acquired by Vox Media resulting in our Sponsor being wholly-owned by Vox Media. This change of ownership, as well as the acquisition of Group Nine Media, will have significant implications on our business strategy, management, ability to complete a business combination and nature of such business combination.

On February 22, 2022, Group Nine Media and Vox Media consummated the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement resulting in Group Nine Media becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Vox Media. This transaction has significant implications with respect to us and our operations, including but not limited to:

the fact that Vox Media is able to unilaterally control the election of our Board and, ultimately, the direction of the Company until our initial business combination, if any;
Vox Media may not have the same interest in pursuing a business combination as Group Nine Media, or may lack the appropriate resources, personnel, abilities, or knowledge to do so;
certain members of our current management may not continue to be employed by Vox Media following the Merger, which may impact their desire to complete a business combination;
certain members of our current management may continue to be employed by Vox Media following the Merger, resulting in additional responsibilities with Vox Media that may detract from their responsibilities to the Company;

Each of these factors as well as other unknown risks may impact your investment in our securities.

24

Table of Contents

While we previously had expressed an intention to merge with Group Nine Media, following the Merger, a business combination with Group Nine Media is no longer feasible.

In connection with our Public Offering, we expressed an intent to combine with Group Nine Media along with additional company or companies in the digital media space. Following the Merger, that is no longer feasible and no longer our intention to pursue a combination with Group Nine Media. While we still may pursue a business combination in the digital media space, the Merger has made it more likely that we may seek a business combination in an alternative industry if we deem it is in our shareholders’ best interest to pursue a transaction outside of the digital media space. Our management and Board may not have experience in these industries and we may rely on third party advisors to assist in the business combination. We also may deem it is in the best interest of stockholders not to pursue a business combination, in which case we would liquidate and return funds to our stockholders from the Trust Account.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed Business Combination, which means we may complete our Business Combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may not hold a stockholder vote to approve our Business Combination unless the Business Combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons. For instance, NASDAQ rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a Business Combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such Business Combination. However, except as required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Accordingly, we may consummate our Business Combination even if holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock do not approve of the Business Combination we consummate.

If we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination, our Initial Stockholders, officers and directors have agreed to vote in favor of such Business Combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Our Initial Stockholders have agreed (and their permitted transferees will agree), pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ Founder Shares, we would need 8,625,001, or 37.5% (assuming all outstanding shares are voted), or 1,437,501, or 6.25% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted), of the 23,000,000 public shares sold in our Public Offering to be voted in favor of our Business Combination in order to have such Business Combination approved. Our other directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, which imposes the same obligations on them with respect to any public shares acquired by them. Our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock at the time of any such stockholders vote. Accordingly, if we seek stockholders approval of our Business Combination, it is more likely that the necessary stockholders approval will be received than would be the case if such persons agreed to vote their Founder Shares in accordance with the majority of the votes cast by our public stockholders.

A stockholder’s only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination will be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approval of such Business Combination.

Since our Board may complete a Business Combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the Business Combination. Accordingly, if we do not seek stockholder approval, a stockholder’s only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential Business Combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our Business Combination.

25

Table of Contents

The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential Business Combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a Business Combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a Business Combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the Business Combination. Furthermore, we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemptions) our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions, will be at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of a Business Combination, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our Business Combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to not be at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of a Business Combination, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related Business Combination and may instead search for an alternate Business Combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a Business Combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our Business Combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights and, therefore, we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to meet such requirements or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares is submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the Trust Account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable Business Combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with a Business Combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that a Business Combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.

If our Business Combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the Trust Account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our Business Combination would not be completed in the required time is increased. If our Business Combination is not completed in the required time, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the Trust Account until we liquidate the Trust Account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the Trust Account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete a Business Combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential Business Combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our Business Combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware that we must complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date or during any Extension Period. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not

26

Table of Contents

complete our Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our Business Combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the end of the time period described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our Business Combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

We may not be able to complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our Warrants will expire worthless.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we must complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our Business Combination within such time period or during any Extension Period. Our ability to complete our Business Combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. For example, the outbreak of the COVID-19 continues to grow both in the U.S. and globally and, while the extent of the impact of the outbreak on us will depend on future developments, it could limit our ability to complete our Business Combination, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, or if vendors and service providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. Additionally, the outbreak of COVID-19 and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) may negatively impact businesses we may seek to acquire. If we have not completed our Business Combination within such time period, we will: (1) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (2) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any); and (3) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less than $10.00 per share, on the redemption of their shares, and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors— If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Our search for a Business Combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak or any future pandemic and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout parts of the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020 the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The outbreak of COVID-19 has adversely affected, and other events (such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters or a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases) could adversely affect, economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally, and the business of any potential target business with which we consummate a Business Combination could be, or may already have been, materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendors and service providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for and ability to consummate a Business Combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19, any future pandemic or other events (such as terrorist attacks or natural disasters) continue for an extensive period of time, including as a result of protectionist sentiments or legislation in our target markets, our ability to consummate a Business Combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a Business Combination, may be materially adversely affected.

27

Table of Contents

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events.

As the number of SPACs evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our Business Combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate a Business Combination.

In recent years, the number of SPACs that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into Business Combination, and there are still many SPACs preparing for an Public Offering, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available to consummate a Business Combination. In addition, because there are more SPACs seeking to enter into a Business Combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close Business Combinations or operate targets post-Business Combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate Business Combination, and may result in our inability to consummate a Business Combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

If we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or Warrants from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed Business Combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates may purchase public shares or public Warrants or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our Business Combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. Please see “Item 1. Business—Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of how such persons will determine from which stockholders to seek to acquire shares or Warrants. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such public stockholder, although still the record holder of our public shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our Sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights or submitted a proxy to vote against our Business Combination, such selling public stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares and any proxy to vote against our Business Combination. The price per share paid in any such transaction may be different than the amount per share a public stockholder would receive if it elected to redeem its shares in connection with our Business Combination. The purpose of such purchases could be to vote such shares in favor of the Business Combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of our Business Combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our Business Combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public Warrants could be to reduce the number of public Warrants outstanding or to vote such Warrants on any matters submitted to the Warrant holders for approval in connection with our Business Combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our Business Combination that may not otherwise have been possible. We would expect any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our Business Combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our Business Combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the tender offer documents or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our Business Combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares, which

28

Table of Contents

will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the Business Combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Item 1. Business—Tendering Stock Certificates In Connection With a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Although we have selected general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our Business Combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our Business Combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have selected general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our Business Combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our Business Combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these criteria and guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our Business Combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We may seek acquisition opportunities with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue or earnings.

To the extent we complete our Business Combination with an early stage company, a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include investing in a business without a proven business model and with limited historical financial data, volatile revenues or earnings, intense competition and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete all appropriate due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We may not necessarily be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our Company from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our Business Combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our Company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our Board, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, related to our Business Combination.

29

Table of Contents

We may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock to complete our Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our Business Combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions described herein. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, and 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of March 26, 2021, following completion of the Public Offering, there were 77,000,000 and 14,250,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock available, respectively, for issuance, which in the case of the Class A common stock, does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding Warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of the shares of the Class B common stock. Shares of Class B common stock are automatically convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our Business Combination, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein. We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock and may issue shares of preferred stock, in order to complete our Business Combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our Business Combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our Business Combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions described herein. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to our Business Combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (1) receive funds from the Trust Account or (2) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on any Business Combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a Business Combination beyond 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (y) amend the foregoing provisions. The issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in our Public Offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Founder Shares resulted in the issuance of shares of Class A common stock on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Founder Shares;
may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;
could cause a change in control if a substantial number of common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;
may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Units, Class A common stock and/or Warrants; and
may not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our Warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific Business Combination the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and

30

Table of Contents

acquire or merge with another business. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our Business Combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our Business Combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we expected. Should the target’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders or Warrant holders who choose to remain a stockholder or Warrant holder following our Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our Business Combination. The departure of a Business Combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our Business Combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our Business Combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.

We may not be able to integrate our operations effectively and efficiently.

The resulting combined company following our Business Combination will require the integration of two management teams and operations, a process that we expect to be complex and time-consuming. If we do not successfully integrate our management and operations with those of our Business Combination target, or if there is any significant delay in achieving this integration, we may not fully achieve the expected benefits of our Business Combination. As a result, our business could be materially adversely affected.

Since our Initial Stockholders will lose their entire investment in us if our Business Combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire after our Public Offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular Business Combination target is appropriate for our Business Combination.

Our Initial Stockholders hold in the aggregate 5,750,000 Founder Shares, representing 20.0% of the total outstanding shares. The Founder Shares will be worthless if we do not complete Business Combination. In addition, our Sponsor holds an aggregate of 2,840,000 Private Placement Warrants, that will also be worthless if we do not complete our Business Combination. Our Sponsor has also agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $1,000,000 in Working Capital Loans, which may not be repaid if we do not complete a Business Combination. The Founder Shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock except that: (1) the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below; (2) our Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to: (a) waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our Business Combination; (b) waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity; and (c) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares they hold if we fail to complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame); (3) the Founder Shares are automatically convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as

31

Table of Contents

described in more detail below; (4) the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights; and (5) only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors and to remove directors prior to our Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of our Sponsor, officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target Business Combination, completing a Business Combination and influencing the operation of the business following the Business Combination. This risk may become more acute as the deadline for the completion of our Business Combination nears.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

We may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our Business Combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per share amount available for redemption from the Trust Account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;
our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;
using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one Business Combination with the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants provides us with up to $230,000,000 that we may use to complete our Business Combination (which includes approximately $8,050,000 of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the Trust Account). We may effectuate our Business Combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our Business Combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting

32

Table of Contents

issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our Business Combination with only a single entity our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our Business Combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete Business Combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our Business Combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combination, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our Business Combination. With multiple Business Combination, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our Business Combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our Business Combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential Business Combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a Business Combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In order to effectuate a Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our Business Combination that some of our stockholders or Warrant holders may not support.

In order to effectuate Business Combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of Business Combination, increased redemption thresholds, extended the time to consummate a Business Combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate a Business Combination in order to effectuate our Business Combination.

A provision of our warrant agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) may make it more difficult for us to consummate Business Combination.

Unlike many blank check companies, if (x) we issue additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share of Class A common stock (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our Board and, in the case of any such issuance to our Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by our

33

Table of Contents

Sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our Business Combination on the date of the consummation of our Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume-weighted average trading price described herein of our Class A common stock during the 10-trading day period starting on the trading day after the day on which we consummate our Business Combination (such price, the “market value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the market value and the newly issued price, and the $10.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to the higher of the market value and the newly issued price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate Business Combination with a target business.

Our Warrant Agreement designates the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our Warrants, which could limit the ability of Warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our Warrant Agreement provided that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the Warrant Agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the Warrant Agreement do not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our Warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our Warrant Agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the Warrant Agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our Warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such Warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such Warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such Warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a Warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our Warrant Agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and Board.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be sufficient to allow us to complete our Business Combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our Business Combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our Business Combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed Business Combination. Many other SPACs have raised additional financing through the sale of shares to investors in private placements (“PIPE Financings”) being consummated concurrent with the consummation of such companies business combinations. In recent months, many SPACs have struggled to raise PIPE Financing on the terms and in the amounts desired. We cannot assure you that any additional financing, including any PIPE Financing, will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that

34

Table of Contents

additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our Business Combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders or any of their respective affiliates is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account, and our Warrants will expire worthless.

If the funds not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of our Public Offering, we may be unable to complete our Business Combination.

The funds available to us outside of the Trust Account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of our Public Offering, assuming that our Business Combination is not completed during that time. We expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through our Public Offering and potential loans from certain of our affiliates are discussed in the section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Item 7.—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” However, our affiliates are not obligated to make loans to us in the future, and we may not be able to raise additional financing from unaffiliated parties necessary to fund our expenses. Any such event in the future may negatively impact the analysis regarding our ability to continue as a going concern at such time.

We believe that the funds currently available to us outside of the Trust Account are sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months following the closing of our Public Offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed Business Combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

If the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not being held in the Trust Account are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our Business Combination and we will depend on loans from our Sponsor or management team to fund our search, to pay our taxes and to complete our Business Combination.

Of the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, only $69,053 is available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our Sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our Sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to loan funds to us in such circumstances. Any such loans may be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In such case, our public stockholders may receive only $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein. Such amounts will be paid from funds released to us upon completion of our Business Combination, or if due prior to the completion of the Business Combination, we expect to pay such amounts with a loan from our Sponsor. Although our Sponsor currently has expressed the intention to loan funds to us in such circumstance, our Sponsor has no obligation to do so. The terms of any such loan have not been

35

Table of Contents

determined and no written agreement exists with respect to such loan. Any such loan may be repaid only from funds held outside the Trust Account or from funds released to us upon completion of our Business Combination. However, we have not independently verified whether our Sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnification obligations. Given that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for Business Combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on our redemption of their stock, and our Warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there will be numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, in the event we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we are obligated to pay cash for shares of our Class A common stock, it will potentially reduce the resources available to us for our Business Combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share” and other risk factors herein.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a Business Combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such financial statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our Business Combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
restrictions on the issuance of securities;

36

Table of Contents

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our Business Combination.
In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:
registration as an investment company with the SEC;
adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and compliance with other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested by the Trustee only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. Because the investment of the proceeds will be restricted to these instruments, we believe we will meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to consummate our Business Combination. If we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our Warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our Business Combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our Business Combination, and results of operations.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating target businesses in a particular industry, sector or geography, nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our Business Combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may seek to complete a Business Combination with an operating company in any industry, sector or geography, but we are not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, permitted to effectuate our Business Combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected any specific target business with respect to a Business Combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our Business Combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a Business Combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders or Warrant holders who choose to remain a stockholder or Warrant holder following our Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

37

Table of Contents

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our Business Combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing Business Combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2022. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our Business Combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such Business Combination.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers, directors and director nominees have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account and not to seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the Trust Account or (ii) we consummate Business Combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Risks Related to Our Securities

NASDAQ may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We cannot assure that our securities will continue to be listed on NASDAQ in the future or prior to our Business Combination. In order to continue listing our securities on NASDAQ prior to our Business Combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. In general, we must maintain a minimum amount market capitalization (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our Business Combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with NASDAQ’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than NASDAQ’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on NASDAQ. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5,000,000 and we would be required to have a minimum of 300 round lot holders (with at least 50% of such round lot holders holding securities with a market value of at least $2,500). We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If NASDAQ delists any of our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list such securities on another national securities exchange, we expect such securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that our Class A common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

38

Table of Contents

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Our Units, Class A common stock and Warrants are listed on NASDAQ and are covered securities under such statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on NASDAQ, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under such statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You are not entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Because we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, after our IPO Closing Date, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect stockholders in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, stockholders will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our Units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our Business Combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if our Public Offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the Trust Account to us unless and until the funds in the Trust Account were released to us in connection with our completion of our Business Combination.

You do not have any rights or interests in funds from the Trust Account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or Warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders are entitled to receive funds from the Trust Account only upon the earliest to occur of: (1) the completion of our Business Combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein; (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity; and (3) the redemption of all of our public shares if we have not completed our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Stockholders who do not exercise their rights to the funds held in the Trust Account in connection with such an amendment to our certificate of incorporation would still have rights to the funds held in the Trust Account in connection with any other applicable amendment to our certificate of incorporation and a subsequent Business Combination to the extent they are then stockholders. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account. Holders of Warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the Trust Account with respect to the Warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or Warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a

39

Table of Contents

90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of our Public Offering in the event we do not complete our Business Combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures.

Because we are not complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations are limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, consultants, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our Trust Account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our Business Combination and you will not be entitled to any of the corporate protections provided by such a meeting.

In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first year end following our listing on NASDAQ. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our Business Combination and thus may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting of stockholders be held for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with a company’s bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to our consummation of our Business Combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL. Additionally, only holders of Class B common stock will have the right to vote on the election of directors and to remove directors prior to our Business Combination, and such rights may only be amended by a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of our Class B common stock.

We are not registering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise Warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its Warrants except on a “cashless basis” and potentially causing such Warrants to expire worthless.

We are not registering the issuance of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the Warrant Agreement, we have agreed, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of our Business Combination, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file, and within 60 business days following our Business Combination have declared effective, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of such shares and maintain a current Annual Report on Form 10-K relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, until the redemption or expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current, complete or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the issuance of the shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis, in which case, the number of shares of Class A common stock that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum amount of shares equal to 0.361 shares of Class A common stock per Warrant (subject to adjustment). However, no Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a

40

Table of Contents

cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder or an exemption from registration is available. Notwithstanding the above, if our Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any Warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the Warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the Warrants under applicable state securities laws and no exemption is available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the Warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and may expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their Warrants as part of a purchase of Units will have paid the full Unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their Warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the Warrants included as part of Units sold in our Public Offering. In such an instance, our Sponsor and its permitted transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to exercise their Warrants and sell the common stock underlying their Warrants while holders of our public Warrants would not be able to exercise their Warrants and sell the underlying common stock. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying shares of Class A common stock for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the Warrants.

The grant of registration rights to our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees may make it more difficult to complete our Business Combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into prior to the closing of our Public Offering, at or after the time of our Business Combination, our Initial Stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of their Founder Shares after those shares convert to shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, our Sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and holders of Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (as defined below) may demand that we register the resale of such Warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrants.

We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our Business Combination more costly or difficult to complete. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the common stock owned by our Initial Stockholders or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants owned by our Sponsor or Warrants issued in connection with working capital loans are registered for resale.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-Business Combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least 65% of our outstanding common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of Business Combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-Business Combination activity, without approval by holders of a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by holders holding between 90% and 100% of the company’s public shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-Business Combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants into the Trust Account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances) may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our outstanding common stock who attend and

41

Table of Contents

vote in a stockholder meeting, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our Trust Account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our outstanding common stock. Additionally, only holders of Class B common stock have the right to vote on the election of directors and to remove directors prior to our Business Combination, and such rights may only be amended by a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of our Class B common stock. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that it may be amended by holders of a majority of our common stock, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our Initial Stockholders, who beneficially own 20% of our common stock, may participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will govern our pre-Business Combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete our Business Combination with which you do not agree.

Our Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our Sponsor, officers and directors. Our public stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our Sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our public stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

Our Initial Stockholders will control the election of our Board until consummation of our Business Combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, they will elect all of our directors prior to the consummation of our Business Combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our Initial Stockholders own 20% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, the Founder Shares, all of which are held by our Initial Stockholders, entitle the holders to elect all of our directors prior to the consummation of our Business Combination. Holders of our public shares have no right to vote on the election of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended by a majority of our Class B common stock.

Accordingly, our Initial Stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If our Initial Stockholders purchase any additional shares of Class A common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Our Sponsor has no current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our Board, whose members were elected by our Sponsor, are divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our Business Combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the Business Combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” Board, only a minority of the Board will be considered for election and our Initial Stockholders, because of their ownership position, will control the outcome, as only holders of Class B common stock will have the right to vote on the election of directors and to remove directors prior to our Business Combination. Accordingly, our Initial Stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our Business Combination.

Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our Initial Stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate Business Combination.

The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the time of our Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in

42

Table of Contents

our registration statement on Form S-1 and related to the closing of the Business Combination, the ratio at which Founder Shares shall convert into Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Business Combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the Business Combination, and any Private Placement Warrants issued to our Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to us. This is different from most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the Initial Stockholder will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the Business Combination. Additionally, the aforementioned adjustment will not take into account any shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with the Business Combination. Accordingly, the holders of the Founder Shares could receive additional shares of Class A common stock even if the additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued solely to replace those shares that were redeemed in connection with the Business Combination. This may make it more difficult and expensive for us to consummate Business Combination.

We may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your Warrants could be increased, the Warrants could be converted into cash or stock, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our Warrants were issued in registered form under a Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant agent, and us. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public Warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, convert the Warrants into cash or stock, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant, provided that the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and for certain issuances of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities as described above) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders and provided that certain other conditions are met. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. As a result, we may redeem the Warrants as set forth above even if the holders are otherwise unable to exercise the Warrants. Redemption of the outstanding Warrants could force you to: (1) exercise your Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so; (2) sell your Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants; or (3) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us (except as described herein) so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

In addition, we may redeem Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration at a price of $0.10 per Warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their Warrants prior to redemption for a number of Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to the redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the Warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case investors would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Class A common stock had your Warrants remained outstanding, and may not compensate the holders for the value of the Warrants, including because the number of common stock received is capped at 0.361 shares of our Class A common stock per Warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the Warrants.

43

Table of Contents

Our Warrants and Founder Shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our Business Combination.

We issued Warrants to purchase 7,666,666 shares of our Class A common stock in the Public Offering and concurrently with our Public Offering, we issued Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Our Initial Stockholders an aggregate of 2,840,000, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock. Our Initial Stockholders currently hold 5,750,000 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our Sponsor, an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into Warrants, at the price of $1.50 per Warrant at the option of the lender. Such Warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate a business transaction, including the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these Warrants or conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the Class A common stock issued to complete the Business Combination. Therefore, our Warrants and Founder Shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a Business Combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Warrants sold as part of the Units in our Public Offering except that, so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees: (1) they are not be redeemable by us (except as described herein) (2) they (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these Warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination; (3) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis; and (4) they (including the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of these Warrants) are entitled to registration rights. The Private Placement Warrants will not vote on any amendments to the Warrant Agreement discussed elsewhere herein or in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Because each Unit contains one-third of one Warrant and only a whole Warrant may be exercised, the Units may be worth less than Units of other blank check companies.

Each Unit contains one-third of one redeemable Warrant. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, no fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units, and only whole Warrants will trade. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose Units include one share of Class A common stock and one whole Warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the Units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the Warrants upon completion of a Business Combination since the Warrants are exercisable in the aggregate for a third of the number of shares compared to Units that each contain a whole Warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this Unit structure may cause our Units to be worth less than if they included a Warrant to purchase one whole share.

If we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our Public Offering, without our prior consent, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our Business Combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our Business Combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our Business Combination. As a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

44

Table of Contents

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be reduced and the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the Trust Account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the Trust Account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.

The underwriters of our Public Offering will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the Trust Account. As such, if the deferred initial underwriting commissions become due prior to the completion of our Business Combination, the underwriters may decide to bring a claim for such due amounts against the monies held in the Trust Account, resulting in a reduction in such monies. Although our Sponsor has agreed to indemnify us for any such reduction, as discussed below, no assurance can be given that our Sponsor will be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where we are unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed our Business Combination within the required time period, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our Business Combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly, the per share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the Trust Account, due to claims of such creditors. Our Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per public share or (2) such lesser amount per public share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our Sponsor, which is a newly formed entity, has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnification obligations. Given that our Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. We have not asked our Sponsor to reserve for such obligations. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.” As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the Trust Account, the funds available for our Business Combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our Business Combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

45

Table of Contents

The securities in which we invest the proceeds held in the Trust Account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceeds of our Public Offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants are held in the Trust Account. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in direct U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we are permitted to use for payment of our tax obligations, and up to $100,000 of dissolution expenses) would be reduced. In the event that we have not completed our Business Combination or make certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our public stockholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the Trust Account, plus any interest income. If the balance of the Trust Account is reduced below $230,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our Board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our Board and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our Board may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per share amount that would otherwise be received by our public stockholders in connection with our liquidation would be reduced.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our Business Combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that we will only redeem our public shares so long as our net tangible assets, after payment of the deferred underwriting commissions and after such redemptions, will be at least $5,000,001 (a) in the case of our Business Combination, either prior to or upon consummation of such Business Combination, after payment of the deferred underwriting commission or (b) in the case of an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our Business Combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated our Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of our Public Offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, upon such amendment (in each case such that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules), or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement that may be contained in the agreement relating to our Business Combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our Business Combination even though a substantial

46

Table of Contents

majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our Business Combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our Business Combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our Sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed Business Combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the Business Combination or redeem any shares, all shares of common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate Business Combination.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of any second quarter of a fiscal year, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the end of such fiscal year. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered Board and the ability of the Board to

47

Table of Contents

designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our Company or our Company’s directors, officers or other employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of our Company to our Company or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting any such alleged breach, (3) action asserting a claim against our Company or any director or officer of our Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer of our Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim (a) as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or (c) arising under the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act, as to which the Court of Chancery and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall concurrently be the sole and exclusive forums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such stockholder.

This choice-of-forum provision may make it more costly for a stockholder to bring a claim, and it may also limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our Company or its directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and Board.

If you exercise your public Warrants on a “cashless basis,” you will receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such Warrants for cash.

There are circumstances in which the exercise of the public Warrants may be required or permitted to be made on a cashless basis.

First, if we call the public Warrants for redemption in the circumstances described herein and, in connection therewith, we require Warrant holders to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis or if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of our Business Combination, Warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement, exercise Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. If this exemption, or another exemption is not

48

Table of Contents

available, holders will not be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis. In the event of an exercise on a cashless basis under these circumstances, a holder would pay the Warrant exercise price by surrendering the Warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the excess of the “fair market value” of our Class A common stock (defined above) over the exercise price of the Warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) the product of 0.361 and the number of Warrants surrendered by the holder, subject to adjustment, and the number of shares of our Class A common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised the Warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public Warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the shares of our Class A common stock have a fair market value of $17.50 per share when there is no effective registration statement, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 shares of our Class A common stock. The holder would have received 875 shares of our Class A common stock if the exercise price was paid in cash.

Second, if we call the public Warrants for redemption in the circumstances described herein, holders who wish to exercise their Warrants may do so on a cashless basis. In the event of an exercise on a cashless basis under those circumstances, a holder would receive that number of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of Class A common stock. In either case, this will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our Company because the Warrant holder will hold a smaller number of shares of our Class A common stock upon a cashless exercise of the Warrants they hold.

Risks Related to Our Sponsor, Management, Directors and Employees

Past performance by Group Nine Media, Vox Media and our management team may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Group Nine Media, Vox Media and our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance of Group Nine Media, Vox Media or our management team and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee either: (1) that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our Business Combination; or (2) of any results with respect to any Business Combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of Group Nine Media, Vox Media or our management team’s or their respective affiliate’s performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. An investment in us is not an investment in Group Nine Media or Vox Media.

We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that may be affiliated with Vox Media, our Sponsor, officers or directors which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our Sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers and directors. Our officers and directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described in “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Such entities may compete with us for business opportunities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a Business Combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors.

Additionally, we may pursue a combination with a target in which Vox Media’s affiliates may have direct or indirect exposure or that is an operating company directly or indirectly held by a Vox Media affiliate. Conflicts may arise from Vox Media’s sponsorship of our Company and its provision of services both to us and to its affiliates, including the conflict that Vox Media and its affiliates may receive material economic benefits as a result of a Business Combination with a target in which a Vox Media affiliate has a direct or indirect investment. In performing services for other affiliates, Vox Media may take commercial steps which may have an adverse effect on us.

Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or from an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, regarding the fairness to our Company from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or

49

Table of Contents

directors, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our Company and our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest. For more information, see the section entitled “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We may compete with other affiliates of Vox Media, including other blank check companies that Vox Media may be affiliated with, for acquisition opportunities for our Company, which could negatively impact our ability to locate a suitable Business Combination.

Our business strategy may overlap with some of the strategies of Vox Media and certain of its other affiliates. Vox Media is a digital media holding company with a wide range of strategies and investments. Acquisition opportunities that may be of interest to us may be presented to Vox Media or its affiliates instead of us or may be pursued by Vox Media or its affiliates. Additionally, Vox Media and its affiliates, including our officers and directors who are affiliated with Vox Media, may sponsor or form, or become an officer or director of, other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking Business Combination, which may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. Our affiliates are not restricted from competing with our business and none of our affiliates are required to refer any such opportunities to us. Our Sponsor and its affiliates face conflicts of interest relating to performing services on our behalf and allocating investment opportunities to us, and such conflicts may not be resolved in our favor, meaning we could find less suitable acquisition opportunities which could limit our ability to find a Business Combination that we find attractive.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our Sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the Trust Account are reduced below the lesser of: (1) $10.00 per public share; or (2) such lesser amount per share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), and our Sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our Sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in certain instances. For example, the cost of such legal action may be deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or the independent directors may determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. Furthermore, even if our directors decide to seek to enforce the Sponsor’s indemnification obligations, given that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of our Company, our Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations and/or are unsuccessful in enforcing the Sponsor’s indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the Trust Account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We are dependent upon our directors and officers and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate. Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and in particular our senior management. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our directors and officers, at least until we have completed our Business Combination. In addition, our directors and officers are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential Business Combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. Moreover, certain of our directors and officers have time and attention requirements in relation to their other obligations. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or officers could have a detrimental effect on us. For more information, see the section entitled “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance—Conflicts of Interest.” Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our Business Combination.

50

Table of Contents

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a Business Combination and their other responsibilities. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our Business Combination. Some of our officers also currently serve as members of the senior management team or board of directors of Vox Media and, as a result, devote a substantial amount of time to Vox Media’s business. In addition, our officers are not required to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our Business Combination.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the Business Combination. Although we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our Business Combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential Business Combination, the personal and financial interests of such individuals in negotiating such compensation may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of our Public Offering and until we consummate our Business Combination, we may engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses in the digital media and adjacent sectors, although we may combine with businesses in other sectors. Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities that are engaged in a similar business.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity, including Vox Media, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a Business Combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. In addition, while we will rely on Vox Media to assist in identifying and performing due diligence on potential Business Combinations, neither the affiliates of our Sponsor nor members of our management who are employed by our Sponsor or Vox Media have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential Business Combination of which they become aware. Vox Media is from time to time made aware of potential business opportunities, including potential transactions that may be attractive opportunities for us, but will have no duty to offer any acquisition opportunities to us.

These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our Company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

In addition, our CEO and Chairman Ben Lerer is also a Managing Director at Lerer Hippeau Acquisition Corp., another blank check company and our Sponsor, officers and directors may in the future participate in the formation of, become an officer or director of, invest in, or otherwise become associated with any other blank check company prior to completion of our Business Combination.

51

Table of Contents

As a result, our Sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present Business Combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved.

For a complete discussion of our officers’ and directors’ current business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance —Conflicts of Interest” and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our officers, directors and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with our Sponsor, our directors or officers. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

Affiliates of our Sponsor are engaged in an array of investment activities that may in the future create overlap with companies that may be a suitable Business Combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us, which may include acting as financial advisor in connection with an initial business combination or as placement agent in connection with a related financing transaction. Our underwriters are entitled to receive deferred commissions that will released from the trust only on a completion of an initial business combination. These financial incentives may cause them to have potential conflicts of interest in rendering any such additional services to us, including, for example, in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

We may engage one or more of our underwriters or one of their respective affiliates to provide additional services to us, including, for example, identifying potential targets, providing financial advisory services, acting as a placement agent in a private offering or arranging debt financing. We may pay such underwriter or its affiliate fair and reasonable fees or other compensation that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates and no fees or other compensation for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters or their respective affiliates prior to the date that is 60 days from the date of this prospectus, unless such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with the Public Offering. The underwriters are also entitled to receive deferred commissions that are conditioned on the completion of an initial business combination. The underwriters’ or their respective affiliates’ financial interests tied to the consummation of a business combination transaction may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in providing any such additional services to us, including potential conflicts of interest in connection with the sourcing and consummation of an initial business combination.

Risks Related to The Company after a Business Combination

Subsequent to our completion of our Business Combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues that may be present with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report

52

Table of Contents

charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders or Warrant holders who choose to remain a stockholder or Warrant holder following our Business Combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders or Warrant holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Our ability to successfully effect our Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our Business Combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our Business Combination, it is possible that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our Business Combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our Business Combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our Business Combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own or acquire shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post Business Combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our Business Combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such combination, and if we effect such Business Combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If our management team pursues a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our Business Combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border Business Combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our Business Combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign market, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. If we effect our Business Combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;
rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

53

Table of Contents

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
laws governing the manner in which future Business Combinations may be effected;
tariffs and trade barriers;
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
longer payment cycles;
changes in local regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak;
tax consequences, such as tax law changes, including termination or reduction of tax and other incentives that the applicable government provides to domestic companies, and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
rates of inflation;
challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
cultural and language differences;
employment regulations;
crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;
deterioration of political relations with the United States;
obligatory military service by personnel; and
government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such combination or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

If our management following our Business Combination is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our Business Combination, any or all of our management could resign from their positions as officers of the company, and the management of the target business at the time of the Business Combination could remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with U.S. securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with U.S. securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

54

Table of Contents

Other Risks

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly incorporated company with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until we complete our Business Combination. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We may be unable to complete our Business Combination. If we fail to complete our Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

An investment in our securities may result in uncertain or adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in our securities may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the Units we are issuing in our Public Offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a Unit between the share of Class A common stock and the one-third of one redeemable Warrant to purchase one share of our Class A common stock included in each Unit could be challenged by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS,” or the courts. Furthermore, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a cashless exercise of Warrants included in the Units we are issuing in our Public Offering is unclear under current law, and the adjustment to the exercise price and/or redemption price of the Warrants could give rise to dividend income to investors without a corresponding payment of cash. In addition, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our shares of common stock suspend the running of a U.S. holder’s holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of common stock is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Furthermore, if we are determined to be a personal holding company for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year, certain portions of our taxable income in such taxable year would be subject to an additional 20% tax, which would reduce the net after-tax amount of interest income earned on the funds placed in our Trust Account. We would generally be classified as a personal holding company for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (1) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (including certain entities such as certain tax exempt organizations, pension funds, and charitable trusts) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of our stock by value and (2) at least 60% of our income for U.S. federal income tax purposes for such taxable year consists of personal holding company income, which includes interest income. See the section titled “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” of our registration statement on Form S-1 for a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to these and other tax considerations applicable to their specific circumstances when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

If we effect a Business Combination with a target company organized in another jurisdiction, we may take actions in connection with the Business Combination that could have adverse tax consequences.

We may effect a Business Combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located, or reincorporate in another jurisdiction. Such transactions may result in tax liability for a stockholder or Warrant holder in the jurisdiction in which the stockholder or Warrant holder is a tax resident (or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity), in which the target company is located, or in which we reincorporate. In the event of a reincorporation pursuant to our Business Combination, such tax liability may attach prior to the consummation of redemptions of any of our public shares properly submitted to us for redemption in connection with such Business Combination. We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes. Stockholders or Warrant holders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

Data privacy and security breaches, including, but not limited to, those resulting from cyber incidents or attacks, acts of vandalism or theft, computer viruses and/or misplaced or lost data, could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption, reputational harm, criminal liability and/or financial loss.

We will depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or privacy and security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation

55

Table of Contents

of our assets, proprietary information, and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data privacy or security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences and therefore could be liable for privacy and security breaches, including potentially those caused by any of our subcontractors. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents or other incidents that result in a privacy or security breach. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to reputational harm, criminal liability and/or financial loss.

As the number of SPACs evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of SPACs that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for SPACs have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many SPACs seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, more effort and more resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more SPACs seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

Changes in the market for directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate and complete an initial business combination.

In recent months, the market for directors and officers liability insurance for SPACs has changed. The premiums charged for such policies have generally increased and the terms of such policies have generally become less favorable. There can be no assurance that these trends will not continue.

The increased cost and decreased availability of directors and officers liability insurance could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to negotiate an initial business combination. In order to obtain directors and officers liability insurance or modify its coverage as a result of becoming a public company, the post-business combination entity might need to incur greater expense, accept less favorable terms or both. However, any failure to obtain adequate directors and officers liability insurance could have an adverse impact on the post-business combination’s ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors.

In addition, even after we were to complete an initial business combination, our directors and officers could still be subject to potential liability from claims arising from conduct alleged to have occurred prior to the initial business combination. As a result, in order to protect our directors and officers, the post-business combination entity will likely need to purchase additional insurance with respect to any such claims (“run-off insurance”). The need for run-off insurance would be an added expense for the post-business combination entity, and could interfere with or frustrate our ability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors.

Our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and the changes in value of our warrants could have a material effect on our financial results.

On April 12, 2021, the Acting Director of the Division of Corporation Finance and Acting Chief Accountant of the SEC together issued a statement regarding the accounting and reporting considerations for warrants issued by SPACs entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by SPACs (the “SEC Statement”). Specifically, the SEC Statement focused on warrants that have certain settlement terms and provisions related to certain tender offers or warrants which do not meet the criteria to be considered indexed to an entity’s own stock, which terms are similar to those contained in the Warrant

56

Table of Contents

Agreement governing our Warrants. As a result of the SEC Statement, we evaluated the accounting treatment of our 7,666,666 Public Warrants and 2,840,000 Private Placement Warrants, and determined that the Warrants should be recorded as derivative liabilities measured at fair value, with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings.

As a result, included on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 contained elsewhere in this Annual Report are derivative liabilities related to embedded features contained within our Warrants. Accounting Standards Codification 815-40, “Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts on an Entity’s Own Equity”, provides for the remeasurement of the fair value of such derivatives at each balance sheet date, with a resulting non-cash gain or loss related to the change in the fair value being recognized in earnings in the statements of operations. As a result of the recurring fair value measurement, our financial statements and results of operations may fluctuate quarterly, based on factors, which are outside of our control. Due to the recurring fair value measurement, we expect that we will recognize non-cash gains or losses on our Warrants each reporting period and that the amount of such gains or losses could be material.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Following this issuance of the SEC Statement, after consultation with our independent registered public accounting firm, our management concluded that, in light of the SEC Statement, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting related to the accounting for the public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants. We further identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting related to the accounting for shares of Class A common stock subject to redemption.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We continue to evaluate steps to remediate the material weakness. These remediation measures may be time consuming and costly and there is no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects.

If we identify any new material weaknesses in the future, any such newly identified material weakness could limit our ability to prevent or detect a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that could result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In such case, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and our stock price may decline as a result. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

We may face litigation and other risks as a result of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.

As a result the previously identified material weakness, the change in accounting for the Warrants and the Class A common stock, and other matters raised or that may in the future be raised by the SEC, we face potential for litigation or other disputes which may include, among others, claims invoking the federal and state securities laws, contractual claims or other claims arising from the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements. As of the date of this Annual Report, we have no knowledge of any such litigation or dispute. However, we can provide no assurance that such litigation or dispute will not arise in the future. Any such litigation or dispute, whether successful or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or our ability to complete a Business Combination.

57

Table of Contents

Item 2.Properties

We currently maintain our executive offices at 568 Broadway, Floor 10, New York, NY 10012 and our telephone number is (646) 786-1980. Our office space is provided at no cost to us by Vox Media. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us or any of our officers or directors in their corporate capacity.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

58

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a) Market Information

Our Units began trading on the NASDAQ under the symbol “GNACU” on January 15, 2021. On March 8, 2021, we announced that holders of our Units could elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and Warrants included in the Units, or continue to trade the Units without separating them. On March 8, 2021, the Class A common stock and Public Warrants began trading on NASDAQ under the symbols “GNAC” and “GNACW,” respectively. Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase of one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described in our final prospectus dated January 14, 2021 related to the Public Offering which was filed with the SEC. Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of Class A common stock and will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination or 12 months from the IPO Closing Date. Our Warrants expire five years after the completion of our Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation as described in “Item 1. Business.”

(b) Holders

As of March 30, 2022, there was one holder of record of our Units, one holder of record of our separately traded shares of Class A common stock, six holders of record of our Class B common stock, and two holders of record of our separately traded Warrants.

(c) Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our Business Combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our Business Combination will be within the discretion of our Board at such time. In addition, our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

(d) Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

(f) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor purchased 7,187,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. On November 19, 2020, we effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in an aggregate outstanding amount of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 100,000 Founder Shares to our independent directors and 25,000 Founder Shares to an independent consultant.

In connection with the closing of our Public Offering and the underwriters exercise of the over-allotment, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 2,840,000 Private Placement Warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating total proceeds, before expenses, of $4,260,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants.

59

Table of Contents

The sales of the above securities by the Company were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

Use of Proceeds

On January 14, 2021, our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-251560) was declared effective by the SEC for the Public Offering pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 23,000,000 Units at an offering price to the public of $10.00 per Unit, including 3,000,000 Units as a result of the underwriter’s partial exercise of its over-allotment option, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000.

After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions (excluding the Deferred Discount, which amount will be payable upon the consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated) and the estimated offering expenses, the total net proceeds from our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were $234,260,000, of which $230,000,000 (or $10.00 per share sold in the Public Offering) was placed in the Trust Account in the United States maintained by the Trustee.

Through December 31, 2021, we incurred $506,274 for costs and expenses related to the Public Offering. At the IPO Closing Date, we paid a total of $2,760,000 in underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the underwriters agreed to defer approximately $8,050,000 in underwriting commissions, which amount will be payable upon consummation of our Business Combination, if consummated. On December 31, 2021, we paid Code Advisors LLC’s deferred initial underwriting commission of $1,825,600. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated January 14, 2021 which was filed with the SEC.

Our Sponsor, executive officers and directors have agreed, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, that we will have only 24 months from the IPO Closing Date to complete our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination within such 24-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in our Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholder’s rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our Board, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

As of December 31, 2021, $230,021,427 was held in the Trust Account, and we had approximately $69,053 of unrestricted cash available to us for our activities in connection with identifying and conducting due diligence of a suitable Business Combination, and for general corporate matters.

60

Table of Contents

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 9, 2020, for the purpose of effecting a Business Combination. We intend to effectuate our Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,187,500 Founder Shares of our Class B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 or approximately $0.003 per share. On November 19, 2020, we effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in an aggregate outstanding amount of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. Our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 125,000 of its Founder Shares to the Initial Stockholders and a Consultant.

On January 20, 2021, we consummated our Public Offering of 23,000,000 Units of the Company, including 3,000,000 Units issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one public Warrant, each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Class A common stock. The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the IPO Closing Date, we completed the private sale of an aggregate of 2,840,000 warrants to our Sponsor at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, each exercisable to purchase one share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, generating gross proceeds to us of $4,260,000. The Private Placement Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the public Warrants sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants may be physical (cash) or net share (cashless) settled and are not redeemable so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The sale of the Private Placement Warrants was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On the IPO Closing Date, $230,000,000 of the gross proceeds from the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were deposited in the Trust Account with the Trustee. Of the $4,260,000 held outside of the Trust Account, $2,760,000 was used to pay underwriting discounts and commissions, $458,681 was used to repay notes payable to our Sponsor and advances from our Sponsor and the balance was available to pay accrued offering and formation costs, business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Funds held in the Trust Account have been invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred and eighty-five (185) days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earliest of (i) the completion of the Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any shares of Class A common stock properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of such shares of Class A common stock if we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the shares of Class A common stock if we are unable to complete a Business Combination within 24 months from the IPO Closing Date (subject to applicable law).

On March 8, 2021, we announced that the holders of our Units may elect to separately trade the Class A common stock and Warrants included in the Units on the NASDAQ under the symbols “GNAC” and “GNACW,” respectively. Those Units not separated will continue to trade on the NASDAQ under the symbol “GNACU.”

We may pursue a target business in any stage of its corporate evolution or in any industry, sector or geographic region.

61

Table of Contents

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our acquisition plans. We cannot assure you that our plans to raise capital or to complete our initial Business Combination will be successful.

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any operating revenues to date. Our only activities from inception through December 31, 2021 were organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for our Public Offering, described below. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our Business Combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account. We expect that we will incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses in connection with searching for, and completing, a business combination.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had net income of $6,619,992, which consists of $9,015,866 million derived from changes in fair value of warrant liabilities, $270,990 derived from the change in fair value of the convertible promissory note and interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account of $21,427, offset by transaction costs related to warrant liabilities of $609,099 operating costs of $2,688,291.

For the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $1,282, which consisted of formation expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On January 20, 2021, the Company consummated the Public Offering of 23,000,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 3,000,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 2,840,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of $4,260,000.

Following the Public Offering, the full exercise of the over-allotment option, and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $230,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $13,156,274 in transaction costs, including $2,760,000 of underwriting fees, net of reimbursement, $9,890,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $506,274 of other offering costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $2,787,283. Net income of $6,619,992 was affected by items such as, change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $9,015,866, change in fair value of convertible promissory note of $270,990, interest earned on marketable securities held in trust account of $21,427, and transaction costs associated with the Public Offering of $609,099. Changes in operating assets and liabilities used $708,091 of cash from operating activities.

At December 31, 2021, we had cash held in the Trust Account of $230,021,427. We are using substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less deferred underwriting commissions and income taxes payable), to complete our business combination. To the extent that our share capital or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

At December 31, 2021, we had cash of $69,053 held outside of the Trust Account. We are using the funds held outside the trust account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the Trust Account

62

Table of Contents

released to us. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants of the post-Business Combination entity, at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities other than described below.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $9,890,000. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Additionally, the deferred fee includes an additional $0.08 per unit, or $1,840,000 in the aggregate that was due in December 2021. In December 2021, the Company paid $1,825,600 to the underwriters. The fees were paid by the Sponsor and are included as a liability, due to the Sponsor on the balance sheet.

Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and its attorneys, certain fees have been deferred and will become payable only if the Company consummates a Business Combination. If a Business Combination does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees. As of the closing of the Public Offering, the amount of these contingent fees was approximately $342,690. There can be no assurances that the Company will complete a Business Combination.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption, if any, are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not

63

Table of Contents

solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ (deficit) equity section of our balance sheets.

Warrant Liabilities

We account for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40-15-7D and 7F under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Private Placement Warrants and the public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the public Warrants from the Units, the public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock and Class B common stock (the “Common Stock”). Earnings and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Private and public warrants to purchase 10,506,667 shares of Common Stock at $11.50 per share were issued on January 20, 2021. No warrants were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. The 10,506,667 potential common shares for outstanding warrants to purchase the Company’s stock were excluded from diluted earnings per share in 2021 as the exercise price of the warrants was less than the average market price for the period. The deemed dividend associated with the redeemable shares of Class A common stock is included in income (loss) per common share in the IPO quarter and year to date calculation in which the IPO occurred. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the period.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

This information appears following Item 15 of this Report and is included herein by reference.

64

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective, due solely to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the Company’s accounting for complex financial instruments. As a result, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this Form 10-K present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

Management intends to implement remediation steps to improve our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we intend to expand and improve our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We have improved this process by enhancing access to accounting literature, identification of third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

65

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

     

Age

     

Title

Ben Lerer

40

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Brian Sugar

47

President and Director

Sean Macnew

48

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Richard Parsons

73

Director

Jen Wong

47

Director

Jeffrey Zucker

56

Director

Melinda Mount

62

Director

Ben Lerer is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Mr. Lerer is a Managing Partner at Lerer Hippeau, a position he has held since 2010. He also currently serves on the board of directors of Vox Media. Mr. Lerer was Chief Executive Officer of Group Nine Media, parent to digital publishers NowThis, The Dodo, Thrillist, Seeker, and POPSUGAR, until February 2022 when the company was acquired by Vox Media. Previously, Mr. Lerer was CEO and founder of Thrillist. Mr. Lerer served on the board of Casper Sleep (NYSE: CSPR) from July 2014 until its merger in January 2022. Mr. Lerer holds a BS in Political Science from the University of Pennsylvania. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Lerer’s knowledge of digital-first businesses and extensive leadership experience in operating and advising companies makes him a qualified member of our Board of Directors.

Brian Sugar is our President and one of our directors. Mr. Sugar served as President of Group Nine Media, and was responsible for strategic initiatives and innovation from November 2019 until February 2022. He also serves as Founder and Managing Partner at Sugar Capital, an early stage venture capital firm that seeks to invest in the brands and technology that will power the future of e-commerce, since January 2020. Mr. Sugar joined Group Nine Media with the company’s acquisition of POPSUGAR, a prominent digital lifestyle brand for women. Mr. Sugar served as Chief Executive Officer of POPSUGAR from 2006 to 2019. Mr. Sugar is an early investor in Afterpay, Everlane, Optimizely, and Roadster, among others. He sits on the Boards of Directors of Everlane, Fast, Roadster, and The Assembly and is an Advisor to Afterpay, Olive & June, Tribe Dynamics, and True Botanicals. Prior to POPSUGAR, Mr. Sugar served first as Vice President of Marketing and then as Vice President & General Manager of 2Wire’s media business Unit from 2003 to 2006. Before joining 2Wire, he was Founder and CEO of Sugar Media, a digital media software company, which was acquired by 2Wire in 2003. We believe Mr. Sugar is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his experience in developing, operating and advising e-commerce and digital media companies.

Sean Macnew is our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. Mr. Macnew currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of Vox Media and has served in such position since February 2022. Prior to joining Vox Media, Mr. Macnew served as the Chief Financial Officer of Group Nine Media from November 2019 until February 2022. Mr. Macnew has over 25 years of finance, corporate development, and general management experience. Mr. Macnew joined Group Nine Media with its acquisition of POPSUGAR, where he held the positions of Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining POPSUGAR in 2008, Mr. Macnew was Senior Director and General Manager of the NetBackup RealTime Protection product group, after holding roles in M&A and business development at Symantec Corporation and VERITAS Software. Mr. Macnew began his career as an investment banker for Goldman Sachs and Alex. Brown & Sons.

Richard (“Dick”) Parsons is one of our directors. Mr. Parsons currently serves as Senior Advisor for Providence Equity Partners and Co-Founder and Partner of Imagination Capital, a New York based venture capital firm launched in 2017 and has served in such position since 2017. Prior to founding Imagination Capital, Mr. Parsons served as Chairman of Citigroup from 2009 to 2012, playing a key role in rebuilding the financial institution. Mr. Parsons also notably served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner from 2002 to 2008, joining the company as President in 1995. During his time as Chief Executive Officer of Time Warner, Mr. Parsons helped lead Time Warner’s turnaround, setting the company on a solid path toward achieving sustainable growth. Before joining Time Warner, Mr. Parsons was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dime Bancorp, one of the largest thrift institutions in the United States. Previously, Mr. Parsons was the Managing Partner of Patterson, Belknap, Webb and Tyler, a New York law firm, and also held various positions in state and federal government as counsel for Nelson Rockefeller and as a Senior White House Aide under President Gerald Ford. Mr. Parsons also has extensive public company board experience; he is currently a

66

Table of Contents

member of the Boards of Directors of Estée Lauder, Madison Square Garden Sports, and Lazard and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of both Time Warner and Citigroup. We believe Mr. Parsons is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his vast experience in corporate finance and telecommunications.

Jen Wong is one of our directors. Ms. Wong is the Chief Operating Officer at Reddit, where she has served in such position since April 2018. Before joining Reddit, Ms. Wong worked at Time Inc. as President of Digital and Chief Operating Officer from January 2016 to April 2018. Among other things, she headed The Foundry, the company’s branded content studio. Before that, Ms. Wong served from January 2011 to November 2015 as POPSUGAR’s Chief Business Officer and for close to 2 years as AOL Media’s global head of business operations, where she oversaw acquisitions like Huffington Post and TechCrunch. Ms. Wong has a Master of Science Degree in Engineering Economic Systems and Operations Research from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. She also sits on the Board of Directors for Discover Financial Services and Marfeel. We believe Ms. Wong is well qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to her experience in digital media as well as her prior leadership roles.

Jeffrey Zucker is one of our directors. Mr. Zucker served as the Chairman of WarnerMedia News and Sports, and President of CNN Worldwide from March 2019 to February 2022 and as President of CNN Worldwide from January 2013 to February 2022. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Zucker served as President and CEO of NBC Universal. In 2007, Mr. Zucker was one of the co-founders of Hulu. Mr. Zucker holds a B.A. in American History from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Zucker is well qualified to serve on our Board due to his vast experience in both digital and traditional media.

Melinda Mount is one of our directors. Ms. Mount most recently served as the President of AliphCom, Inc. (d/b/a Jawbone), a consumer technology and wearable products company, which position she held from June 2013 until February 2014. Previously, she held various senior level positions at Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”), including Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Online Services Division, from 2010 until May 2013, and Corporate Vice President of Operations and Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Entertainment and Device Division, from 2006 until 2010. Prior to joining Microsoft, Ms. Mount served as the Vice President of Strategy and Development at Time Warner, Inc. (“Time Warner”), from 1995 until 2001, and then as Executive Vice President and Co-Managing Director of the United Kingdom Division of AOL Inc., a web portal and online service provider and a subsidiary of Time Warner, from 2001 until 2003. Prior to that, she served as Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions at Morgan Stanley from 1987 until 1995. Since April 2019, Ms. Mount has served as a member of the board of directors of Cerner Corporation and serves as a company director at Zayo Group Holdings since July 2021. Ms. Mount has served as a member of the board of directors of Technicolor S.A. since April 2016, and currently serves as Vice Chairman of the board, and has served as a member of the board of the directors of the Learning Care Group, Inc. since December 2014. Ms. Mount has a Master’s of Business Administration with distinction from Harvard Business School and a B.B.A from the University of Wisconsin-Madison.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our Board consists of six directors. Our Board is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NASDAQ. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Richard Parsons and Melinda Mount, expires at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Jen Wong and Jeffrey Zucker expires at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Ben Lerer and Brian Sugar, expires at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our Business Combination. Holders of our Founder Shares have the right to elect all of our directors prior to consummation of our Business Combination and to remove directors prior to our Business Combination, and holders of our public shares do not have the right to vote on the election of directors during such time.

Our officers are elected by the Board and serve at the discretion of the Board, rather than for specific terms of office. Our Board is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chair or Co-Chairs of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Secretary and such other offices (including without limitation, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and a Treasurer) as may be determined from time to time by the Board.

67

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board has two standing committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. Subject to phase-in rules, the rules of NASDAQ and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the rules of NASDAQ require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

Our Board has established an audit committee of the Board. Richard Parsons, Jen Wong and Melinda Mount serve as members of our audit committee.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our Board has determined that Richard Parsons qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules. Under NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Richard Parsons, Melinda Mount and Jen Wong each meet the independent director standard under the NASDAQ’s listing standards and under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent auditors and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;
pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;
reviewing and discussing with the independent auditors all relationships the auditors have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations; obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (1) the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and (2) any material issues raised

by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;
reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and
reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

Our Board has established a compensation committee of the Board. Compensation committee members include Jen Wong and Richard Parsons. Jen Wong serves as chair of the compensation committee.

68

Table of Contents

Under the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least two members of the compensation committee, all of whom must be independent. Jen Wong and Richard Parsons are independent.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving on an annual basis the compensation of all of our other officers;
reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;
implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by NASDAQ and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by applicable law or stock exchange rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of NASDAQ listing rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the Board. The Board believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the NASDAQ listing rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place. The Board will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the Board considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our Board.

69

Table of Contents

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of our Class A common stock to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. These reporting persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely upon a review of such Forms, we believe that all reporting requirements for fiscal year 2021 were complied with by each person who at any time during the 2021 fiscal year was a director or an executive officer or held more than 10% of our common stock, except for the following: the Sponsor filed a Form 4 late on October 12, 2021.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees (our “Code of Ethics”). A copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us and will also be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to at least one other entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Additionally, our CEO and Chairman Ben Lerer is also a Managing Partner at Lerer Hippeau Acquisition Corp., another blank check company. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor these obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the consummation of our Business Combination, we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue and the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating any legal obligation. Our officers and directors would continue to be subject to all other fiduciary duties owed to us and our stockholders and no other waivers of their respective fiduciary obligations have been provided to any such officers and directors. We do not have any plan for any waiver of the fiduciary duties of our officers and directors post-Business Combination.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our Business Combination. Our other directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, which imposes the same obligations on them with respect to any public shares acquired by them. Additionally, our Initial Stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares if we fail to consummate our Business Combination within 24 months after the closing of our Public Offering or during any Extension Period. However, if our Initial Stockholders or any of our officers, directors or affiliates acquire public shares in or after our Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such public shares if we fail to consummate our Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our Business Combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds

70

Table of Contents

of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the Founder Shares are not transferable, assignable or salable by our initial stockholders until the earlier of (1) one year after the completion of our Business Combination and (2) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization, or other similar transaction after our Business Combination that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our Business Combination, the Founder Shares will be released from the lock-up. With certain limited exceptions, the Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock underlying such Warrants, are not transferable, assignable or salable by our Sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination. Since our Sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own Class A common stock shares and Warrants following our Public Offering, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our Business Combination.
Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether to proceed with a particular Business Combination.
Our key personnel may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular Business Combination if the retention or resignation of any such key personnel was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our Business Combination.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;
the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and
it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the consummation of our Business Combination, the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have, and there will not be any expectancy that any of our directors or officers will offer any such corporate opportunity of which he or she may become aware to us.

Accordingly, if any of the above officers or directors become aware of a Business Combination opportunity which is suitable for any of the above entities to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such Business Combination opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity. We do not believe, however, that any of the foregoing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations will materially affect our ability to complete our Business Combination. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly

71

Table of Contents

offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

We are not prohibited from pursuing Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with our Sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of disinterested directors, will obtain an opinion from independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our Business Combination is fair to our company and our stockholders from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

In addition, our Sponsor or any of its affiliates may make additional investments in the company in connection with the Business Combination, although our Sponsor and its affiliates have no obligation or current intention to do so. If our Sponsor or any of its affiliates elects to make additional investments, such proposed investments could influence our Sponsor’s motivation to complete Business Combination.

In the event that we submit our Business Combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our Initial Stockholders have agreed, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, to vote their Founder Shares (and their permitted transferees will agree) and any public shares held by them in favor of our Business Combination. Our other directors and officers have also entered into the letter agreement, which imposes the same obligations on them with respect to any public shares acquired by them.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers and directors will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted by the DGCL, unless a director violated his or her duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived improper personal benefit from his or her actions as a director.

We have entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our bylaws also permit us to maintain insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit such indemnification. We have obtained a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors. These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our Sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our formation and Public Offering or activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or any of their affiliates.

72

Table of Contents

After the completion of our Business Combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other compensation from the combined company. All compensation will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our Business Combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers after the completion of our Business Combination will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors.

We are not party to any agreements with our officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business, and we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our Business Combination should be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information available to us at March 30, 2022 with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock held by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock;
each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially own shares of our Class A common stock; and
all executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record or beneficial ownership of the Private Placement Warrants, as they are not exercisable within 60 days of March 30,2022.

     

Number of

     

Approximate

 

shares

percentage of

 

beneficially

outstanding

 

Name and address of beneficial owner(1)

owned(2)

common stock

 

Group Nine SPAC LLC(3)

 

5,625,000

 

19.8

%

Ben Lerer

 

 — 

 

 — 

Brian Sugar

 

 — 

 

 — 

Sean Macnew

 

 — 

 

 — 

Richard Parsons

 

25,000

 

*

Jen Wong

 

25,000

 

*

Jeffrey Zucker

 

25,000

 

*

Melinda Mount

 

25,000

 

*

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (seven individuals)

 

100,000

 

*

Soroban Opportunities Master Fund L.P.(4)

 

1,076,759

 

4.7

%

Glazer Capital, LLC(5)

 

1,521,270

 

6.6

%

Aristeria Capital, L.L.C.(6)

 

1,575,000

 

6.9

%

*

Less than one percent.

(1)Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Group Nine SPAC LLC, 568 Broadway, Floor 10, New York, New York 10012.

73

Table of Contents

(2)Interests shown consist solely of Founder Shares. Such shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, as described in “Exhibit 4.5.—Description of Securities.”
(3)The shares reported above are held in the name of our Sponsor. Our Sponsor is wholly owned by Vox Media.
(4)According to a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022, Soroban Opportunities Master Fund L.P., which is the beneficial owner of 1,076,759 shares of Class A common stock, acts as investment manager of, and exercises investment discretion with respect to, certain private investment funds. The business address of each stockholder is 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands.
(5)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022, Glazer Capital, LLC, which is the beneficial owner of 1,521,270 shares of Class A common stock, acts as investment manager of, and exercises investment discretion with respect to, certain private investment funds. The business address of each stockholder is 250 West 55th Street, Suite 30A, New York, New York 10019.
(6)According to a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2022, Aristeria Capital, L.L.C., which is the beneficial owner of 1,575,000 shares of Class A common stock, acts as investment manager of, and exercises investment discretion with respect to, certain private investment funds. The business address of each stockholder is One Greenwich Plaza, 3rd Floor, Greenwich, CT 06830.

Our Initial Stockholders beneficially own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of this ownership block, our Initial Stockholders may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions.

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor purchased 7,187,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. On November 19, 2020, we effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in an aggregate outstanding amount of 5,750,000 Founder Shares.

Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 100,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors. On May 18, 2021, our Sponsor transferred 25,000 Founder Shares to an independent advisor.

Our Sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” below for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor purchased 7,187,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.003 per share. On November 19, 2020, we effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in an aggregate outstanding amount of 5,750,000 Founder Shares.

Subsequently, our Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 100,000 Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors and 25,000 Founder Shares to an independent advisor.

The Founder Shares are identical to shares of our Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions and are automatically convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

74

Table of Contents

The Initial Stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property, (the “Founder Shares Lock-Up Period”).

Private Placement Warrants

On the IPO Closing Date, our Sponsor purchased 2,840,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Warrant, or $4,260,000. Each Private Placement Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share of Class A common stock. The Private Placement Warrants may not be redeemed by the Company so long as they are held by our Sponsor or its permitted transferees. If any Private Placement Warrants are transferred to holders other than our Sponsor or its permitted transferees, such Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Warrants included in the Units sold in the Public Offering. Our Sponsor and its permitted transferees have the option to exercise the Private Placement Warrants on a physical (cash) or net share (cashless) basis.

The Initial Stockholders have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such Private Placement Warrants until 30 days after the completion of our Business Combination (such period, together with the Founder Shares Lock-Up Period, the “Lock-Up Periods”).

If we do not complete a Business Combination within 24 months after the IPO Closing Date, the proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Warrants will be used to fund the redemption of our Class A common stock, subject to the requirements of applicable law, and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans (and any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or Warrants issued upon conversion of the working capital loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into prior to the closing of our Public Offering requiring us to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to shares of Class A common stock). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our Business Combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Related Party Notes

On November 9, 2020, our Sponsor agreed to loan us an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering (the “Promissory Note”). This note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. The carrying amount of the notes approximates fair value because of their short maturity. Any amounts outstanding were repaid in full upon the completion of the Public Offering. On December 31, 2021, there were no amounts outstanding on the loan.

On March 29, 2021, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $1,000,000 pursuant to a new promissory note (the “New Note”). The New Note is non-interest bearing and payable upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. At the lender’s discretion, the New Note may be repayable in warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. At December 31, 2021, there was $1,000,000 of borrowings under the New Note. This note was valued using the fair value method. The fair value of the note as of December 31, 2021 was $729,010, which resulted in a change in fair value of the convertible promissory note of $270,990 recorded in the statement of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021.

75

Table of Contents

We may pay our Sponsor, or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation in connection with identifying, investigation and completing our Business Combination. These individuals will also be reimbursed for any out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable Business Combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which fees and expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on payments that may be made to our Sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no Working Capital Loans outstanding.

After our Business Combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our Business Combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

Related Party Policy

Prior to our Public Offering we had not adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics, which requires us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our Board (or the appropriate committee of our Board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our Code of Ethics, conflict of interest situations include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter, is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our or any of their affiliates.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate Business Combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our Sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent and disinterested directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our Business Combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

76

Table of Contents

Furthermore, no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments will be made by us to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or our or any of their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our Business Combination. However, the following payments were made to our Sponsor, officers or directors, or any of their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of our Business Combination:

Repayment of an aggregate of up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our Sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;
Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to our formation and Public Offering and identifying, investigating and completing Business Combination; and
Repayment of loans which may be made by our Sponsor or an affiliate of our Sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended Business Combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Warrant at the option of the lender. As of December 31, 2021 the Sponsor holds a convertible promissory note of the Company in the amount of $1,000,000.

The above payments were funded using the net proceeds of our Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants not held in the Trust Account or, upon completion of the Business Combination, from any amounts remaining from the proceeds of the Trust Account released to us in connection therewith.

Director Independence

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s Board, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board has determined that Richard Parsons, Jen Wong, Jeffrey Zucker and Melinda Mount are “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Grant Thornton LLP, or Grant Thornton, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements, quarterly reviews and services that are normally provided by Grant Thornton in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Grant Thornton for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, and other required filings with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 totaled $131,190 and $26,250, respectively. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay Grant Thornton for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

Tax Fees. We did not pay Grant Thornton for tax planning and tax advice for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

77

Table of Contents

All Other Fees. We did not pay Grant Thornton for other services for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our Board. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

78

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
(1)Financial Statements:

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Balance Sheets

F-3

Statements of Operations

F-4

Statements of Changes in Redeemable Class A Common Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

F-7

(2)Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

(3)Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.

79

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number

   

Description

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s S-1 filed with the SEC on January 6, 2021).

3.2

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021)

3.3

Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

4.2

Specimen Class A common stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

4.4

Warrant Agreement, dated January 14, 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021).

4.5*

Description of Securities

10.1

Promissory Note, dated November 9, 2020, issued to Group Nine SPAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

10.2

Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated January 6, 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021).

10.3

Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 14, 2021, among the Company and certain other security holders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021).

10.4

Sponsor Warrants Purchase Agreement effective as of January 14, 2021, between the Registrant and Group Nine SPAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021).

10.6

Form of Letter Agreement, dated January 14, 2021, among the Company, its officers and directors and Group Nine SPAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2021).

10.7

Form of Indemnity Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

10.8

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated November 9, 2020, between the Registrant and Group Nine SPAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on January 6, 2021).

10.9

Promissory Note, dated March 29, 2021, issued by Group Nine Acquisition Corp. to Group Nine SPAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-1 filed by the Company on January 6, 2021).

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages herein).

31.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document *

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document *

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document *

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document *

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document *

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document *

80

Table of Contents

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)*

*    Filed herewith

81

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

Date: March 30, 2022

By:

/s/ Sean Macnew

Sean Macnew

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

82

Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ben Lerer and Sean Macnew and each or any one of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Ben Lerer

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

March 30, 2022

Ben Lerer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Sean Macnew

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

March 30, 2022

Sean Macnew

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ Brian Sugar

President and Director

March 30, 2022

Brian Sugar

/s/ Richard Parsons

Director

March 30, 2022

Richard Parsons

/s/ Jen Wong

Director

March 30, 2022

Jen Wong

/s/ Jeffrey A. Zucker

Director

March 30, 2022

Jeffrey A. Zucker

/s/ Melinda J. Mount

Director

March 30, 2022

Melinda J. Mount

83

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB Number 248)

F-2

Financial Statements

Balance Sheets

F-3

Statements of Operations

F-4

Statements of Changes in Redeemable Class A Common Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

F-7 to F-20

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Group Nine Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Group Nine Acquisition Corp. (a Delaware corporation) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable Class A common stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Los Angeles, California

March 30, 2022

F-2

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

BALANCE SHEETS

    

December 31, 

December 31, 

2021

2020

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash

$

69,053

$

25,000

Prepaid expenses

 

1,021,033

 

Total current assets

1,090,086

25,000

 

 

Deferred offering costs

452,399

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

230,021,427

TOTAL ASSETS

$

231,111,513

$

477,399

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Accrued expenses

$

312,942

$

Accrued offering costs

366,056

Advances from related party

87,625

Due to Sponsor

2,664,092

Convertible Promissory note – related party

729,010

Total current liabilities

3,706,044

453,681

Warrant liabilities

 

5,520,267

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

8,064,400

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

17,290,711

 

453,681

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

Redeemable Class A Common Stock

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 23,000,000 and no shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively (at redemption value of $10 per share)

230,000,000

 

 

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

 

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding (excluding 23,000,000 and no shares subject to possible redemption) at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding, at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

575

 

575

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,425

Accumulated deficit

 

(16,179,773)

 

(1,282)

Total Stockholder’s (Deficit) Equity

 

(16,179,198)

 

23,718

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

$

231,111,513

$

477,399

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the

Period from

November 9,

2020

(Inception)

Year Ended

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Operating and formation costs

$

2,079,192

$

1,282

Loss from operations

(2,079,192)

(1,282)

Other income (expense):

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

9,015,866

Transaction costs related to warrant liabilities

(609,099)

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note

270,990

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

21,427

Total other income (expense)

8,699,184

Net income (loss)

$

6,619,992

$

(1,282)

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

21,739,726

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption

$

(0.60)

$

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B Non-redeemable common stock

5,708,904

5,000,000

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share, Class B Non-redeemable common stock

$

(0.60)

$

(0.00)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND

STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

Class A Common Stock

Subject to Possible

Additional

Total

Redemption

Class B Common Stock

Paid-in

Accumulated

Stockholders’

    

Shares

    

Amount

  

  

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Deficit

    

( Deficit) Equity

Balance — November 9, 2020 (inception)

$

$

$

$

$

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

5,750,000

575

24,425

25,000

Net loss

(1,282)

(1,282)

Balance — December 31, 2020

$

5,750,000

$

575

$

24,425

$

(1,282)

$

23,718

Sale of 23,000,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses

23,000,000

206,949,492

Cash proceeds received in excess of fair value for Private Warrants

227,200

227,200

Deemed dividend

23,050,508

(251,625)

(22,798,883)

(23,050,508)

Proceeds from Founder Shares

400

400

Net income

 

 

 

 

6,619,992

 

6,619,992

Balance – December 31, 2021

 

23,000,000

$

230,000,000

5,750,000

$

575

$

$

(16,179,773)

$

(16,179,198)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

GROUP NINE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period

from November 9,

2020 (Inception)

Year Ended

through

December 31, 

December 31, 

2021

2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

  

Net income (loss)

$

6,619,992

$

(1,282)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

(21,427)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

(9,015,866)

Change in fair value of convertible promissory note

(270,990)

Transaction costs related to warrant liabilities

609,099

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

  

 

Prepaid expenses

(1,021,033)

Accrued expenses

 

312,942

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,787,283)

 

(1,282)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

Investment of cash deposited in Trust Account

(230,000,000)

Net cash used in investing activities

(230,000,000)

 

  

 

  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to sponsor

 

 

25,000

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

227,240,000

Proceeds from advances from related party

87,625

Proceeds from Transfer of Founder Shares

400

Proceeds from sale of Private Warrants

4,260,000

Repayment of deferred underwriting fees

(1,825,600)

Proceeds from convertible promissory note - related party

 

1,371,056

 

Repayment of convertible promissory note - related party

 

(458,681)

 

Due to Sponsor

2,664,092

Payment of offering costs

 

(419,931)

 

(86,343)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

232,831,336

 

26,282

 

  

 

  

Net Change in Cash

 

44,053

 

25,000

Cash — Beginning

 

25,000

 

Cash — Ending

$

69,053

$

25,000

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

Accretion to redemption value

$

23,050,508

$

Deferred underwriting fee payable

$

8,064,400

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Group Nine Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on November 9, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus its search on companies in the digital media and adjacent industries, including the social media, e-commerce, events, and digital publishing and marketing sectors. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (“Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the marketable securities held in the Trust Account and includes transaction costs related to warrant liabilities and changes in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible debt (as defined below).

The registration statement for the Company’s Public Offering was declared effective on January 14, 2021. On January 20, 2021 the Company consummated the Public Offering of 23,000,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option in the amount of 3,000,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $230,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 2,840,000 warrants (the “Private Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Warrant in a private placement to Group Nine SPAC LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (the “Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $4,260,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $13,156,274, consisting of $2,760,000 in cash underwriting fees, net of reimbursement, $9,890,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $506,274 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Public Offering on January 20, 2021, an amount of $230,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), located in the United States and invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of Private Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company must complete a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the “public stockholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account

F-7

Table of Contents

(initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transactions is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

If the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The initial stockholders have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have until January 20, 2023 to complete a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company’s warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Company’s Sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Company’s Sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates acquire Public Shares after the Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. Given that the Sponsor’s only assets are securities of the Company, the Sponsor may not be able to satisfy those indemnification obligations. The Company has not asked the Sponsor to reserve for such obligations. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

F-8

Table of Contents

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (i) $10.00 per Public Share or (ii) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-9

Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liabilities and the convertible promissory note. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and, accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

As discussed in Note 3, all of the 23,000,000 Class A Common Stock sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Business Combination and in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In accordance with SEC and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require common stock subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of ASC 480.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.

Convertible Promissory Note

The Company accounts for their convertible promissory note under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). Under 815-15-25, the election can be at the inception of a financial instrument to account for the instrument under the fair value option under ASC 825. The Company has made such election for their convertible promissory note. Using the fair value option, the convertible promissory note is required to be recorded at its initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the notes are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Private Warrants are valued using a Modified Black Scholes Option Pricing Model. The Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

F-10

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company complies with the accounting and reporting requirements of ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in future taxable or deductible amounts, based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2021 the Company had a deferred tax asset of approximately $432,399, which had a full valuation allowance recorded against it. The Company’s deferred tax assets were deemed to be de minimis as of December 31, 2020.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by federal, state and city taxing authorities in the areas of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, state and city tax laws. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A common stock and Class B common stock (the “Common Stock”). Earnings and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Private and public warrants to purchase 10,506,667 shares of Common Stock at $11.50 per share were issued on January 20, 2021. No warrants were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020. The 10,506,667 potential common shares for outstanding warrants to purchase the Company’s stock were excluded from diluted earnings per share in 2021 as the exercise price of the warrants was less than the average market price for the period. The deemed dividend associated with the redeemable shares of Class A common stock is included in income (loss) per common share in the IPO quarter and year to date calculation in which the IPO occurred. As a result, diluted net income (loss) per common share is the same as basic net income (loss) per common share for the period.

The following tables reflect the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

For the Period

from November 9,

2020 (Inception)

For the year ended 

Through

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

    

Class A

    

Class B

    

Class A

    

Class B

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

Numerator:

Allocation of net income (loss)

$

5,243,133

$

1,376,859

$

$

(1,282)

Deemed Dividend

(18,256,347)

(4,794,161)

Allocable net loss

(13,013,214)

(3,417,302)

(1,282)

Denominator:

 

  

 

 

  

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding

 

21,739,726

 

5,708,904

 

 

5,000,000

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

$

(0.60)

$

(0.60)

$

$

F-11

Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the Company’s balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021.  The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that ASU 2020-06 would have on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 3 — INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Public Offering, the Company sold 23,000,000 Units, which includes a full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,000,000 Units, at a price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (“Public Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

All of the 23,000,000 Class A Common Stock sold as part of the Units in the Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a stockholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Business Combination and in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In accordance with SEC and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require common stock subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Given that the Class A Common Stock was issued with other freestanding instruments (i.e., Public Warrants), the initial carrying value of Class A Common Stock classified as temporary equity is the allocated proceeds based on the guidance in ASC 470-20.

Our Class A Common Stock are subject to SEC and its staff’s guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99. If it is probable that the equity instrument will become redeemable, the Company has the option to either accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance (or from the date that it becomes probable that the instrument will become redeemable, if later) to the earliest redemption date of the instrument or to recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The Company has elected to recognize the changes immediately. The accretion or remeasurement is treated as a deemed dividend (i.e., a reduction to retained earnings, or in absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in capital).

As of December 31, 2021, the Class A Common Stock reflected on the balance sheet is reconciled in the following table:

F-12

Table of Contents

Gross proceeds

$

230,000,000

Less:

Proceeds allocated to public warrants

$

(10,503,333)

Class A shares issuance costs

$

(12,547,175)

Plus:

 

  

Accretion of carrying value to redemption value

$

23,050,508

Contingently redeemable Class A Common Stock

$

230,000,000

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 2,840,000 Private Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,260,000 in a private placement. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Public Offering held in the Trust Account. The Private Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units to be sold in the Public Offering, except as described in Note 8.

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

In November 2020, the Sponsor purchased 7,187,500 shares (the “Founder Shares”) of the Company’s Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000. In November 2020, the Company effectuated a 0.8-for-1 reverse split of the Founder Shares, resulting in the Sponsor holding an aggregate of 5,750,000 Founder Shares. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split. The Founder Shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon consummation of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to certain adjustments, as described in Note 7.

The Founder Shares include an aggregate of up 750,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Public Offering (assuming the initial stockholders do not purchase any Public Shares in the Public Offering). As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option on January 20, 2021, a total of 750,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The initial stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property. Following the Public Offering, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 125,000 of its Founder Shares to the Company’s independent directors and consultants.

The sale or allocation of the Founders Shares to the Company’s director nominees and affiliates of its sponsor group, as described above, is within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Under ASC 718, stock-based compensation associated with equity-classified awards is measured at fair value upon the grant date. The fair value of the 50,000 shares transferred or allocated to the Company’s director nominees and affiliates of its sponsor group in January 2021 was $280,000 or $5.60 per share. The fair value of the 25,000 shares allocated to the Company’s director nominee on March 2, 2021 was $160,000 or $6.40 per share. The fair value of the 25,000 shares allocated to the Company’s director nominee on March 4, 2021 was $164,750 or $6.59 per share. The fair value of the 25,000 shares allocated to the Company’s consultant on May 18, 2021 was $190,000 or $7.60 per share. The fair value of the 125,000 transferred shares is $794,750. The Founders Shares were effectively sold subject to a performance condition (i.e., the occurrence of a Business Combination). Compensation expense related to the Founders Shares is recognized only when the performance condition is probable of occurrence under the applicable accounting literature in this circumstance. Stock-based compensation would be recognized at the date a Business Combination is considered probable in an amount equal to the number of Founders Shares times the grant date fair value per share (unless subsequently modified) less the amount initially

F-13

Table of Contents

received for the purchase of the Founders Shares. As of December 31, 2021, the Company determined that a Business Combination is not considered probable, and, therefore, no stock-based compensation expense has been recognized.

The Sponsor, directors and consultants have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until 180 days after the completion of a Business Combination.

Advances from Related Party and Due to Sponsor

As of December 31, 2021, the Sponsor paid for certain offering and other operating costs on behalf of the Company amounting to $2,664,092. The advances are non-interest bearing and are due on demand.

Promissory Note — Related Party

On November 9, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering (the “Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the completion of the Public Offering. As of December 31, 2021 there were no borrowings under this note and there are no longer borrowings available under this note.

Convertible Promissory Note — Related Party

On March 29, 2021, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $1,000,000 pursuant to a new promissory note (the “New Note”). The New Note is non-interest bearing and payable upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. At the lender’s discretion, the New Note may be repayable in warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. At December 31, 2021, there was $1,000,000 of borrowings under a New Note. This note was valued using the fair value method. The fair value of the note as of December 31, 2021 was $729,010, which resulted in a change in fair value of the convertible promissory note of $270,990 recorded in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 (see Note 10).

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants of the post Business Combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Warrants. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no Working Capital Loans outstanding.

NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, its results of operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

F-14

Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on January 20, 2021, the Founder Shares, Private Warrants (and their underlying shares), and warrants (and their underlying shares) that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the Founder Shares. The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and in each case holders of their underlying shares, as applicable) will have registration rights to require the Company to register the sale of any of the securities held by them pursuant to a registration rights agreement. The holders of the majority of these securities will be entitled to certain demand rights that the Company register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $9,890,000. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement. Additionally, the deferred fee includes an additional $0.08 per unit, or $1,840,000 in the aggregate that was due in December 2021. In December 2021, the Company paid $1,825,600 to the underwriters. The fees were paid by the Sponsor and are included as a liability, due to the Sponsor on the balance sheet.

Attorney’s Fees

Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and its attorneys, certain fees have been deferred and will become payable only if the Company consummates a Business Combination. If a Business Combination does not occur, the Company will not be required to pay these contingent fees. As of the closing of the Public Offering, the amount of these contingent fees was approximately $342,690. There can be no assurances that the Company will complete a Business Combination.

NOTE 7 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021, there were 23,000,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, all of which are subject to possible redemption and were classified in temporary equity outside of shareholders’ (deficit) equity on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding.

Class B Common Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 5,750,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Only holders of Class B common stock will have the right to elect directors or remove directors prior to the completion of the initial Business Combination. These provisions in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may only be amended by a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of the Class B common stock. Holders of the Class A common stock and holders of the Class B common stock of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all other matters to be voted on by stockholders, including any vote in connection with the initial Business Combination, and vote together as a single class, except as required by law or the applicable rules of the stock exchange.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business

F-15

Table of Contents

Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination).

NOTE 8 — WARRANT LIABILITIES

Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days, after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and within 60 business days following a Business Combination to have declared effective, a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Class A common stock is at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will be required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Redemptions of Warrants for Cash  Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and certain issuances of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to each warrant holder.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

F-16

Table of Contents

Redemption of Warrants for Shares of Class A Common Stock  Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock to be determined, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Company’s Class A common stock;
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) (the “Reference Value”) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders;
if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share, the Private Warrants are also concurrently called for redemption at the same price (equal to a number of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock) as the Company’s outstanding Public Warrants, as described above; and
if, and only if, there is an effective registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto is available throughout the 30-day period after the written notice of redemption is given.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption for cash, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor, initial stockholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by them prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such priced, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of each warrant will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of (i) the Market Value and (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price described above will be adjusted to be equal to 180% of the higher of (i) the Market Value and (ii) the Newly Issued Price.

The Private Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Public Offering, except that the Private Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable (subject to certain exceptions) so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAX

F-17

Table of Contents

In the December 31, 2020 Form 10-K, the provision for income taxes was deemed to be immaterial. The Company’s net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

        

December 31, 

        

December 31, 

2021

2020

Deferred tax assets

 

  

 

  

Net operating loss carryforward

$

44,008

$

269

Business Combination Expenses

 

388,391

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

432,399

 

269

Valuation Allowance

 

(432,399)

 

(269)

Deferred tax assets

$

$

 

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 consists of the following:

    

December 31, 

    

December 31, 

2021

2020

Federal

 

  

 

  

Deferred

$

(432,130)

$

(269)

Change in valuation allowance

 

432,130

 

269

Income tax provision

$

$

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $208,282 and $1,282 of U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income, respectively.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the change in the valuation allowance was $432,130. For the period from November 9, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was $269.                                                                                    

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows for the years ended:

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

0.0

%  

0.0

%

Transaction costs allocated to warrants

 

1.9

%  

0.0

%

Change in fair value of warrants

 

(29.5)

%  

0.0

%

Valuation allowance

 

6.6

%  

(21.0)

%

Income tax provision

 

0.0

%  

0.0

%

NOTE 10 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value

F-18

Table of Contents

hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

At December 31, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $230,021,427 in cash and money market funds which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities. Through December 31, 2021, the Company has not withdrawn any interest earned on the Trust Account.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value.

    

    

December 31, 

Level

 

2021

Assets:

 

  

 

  

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

1

$

230,021,427

Derivative Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Warrant Liability – Public Warrants

1

$

3,986,667

Warrant Liability – Private Placement Warrants

 

3

$

1,533,600

The Warrants were accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities on our accompanying December 31, 2021 balance sheets. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the statements of operations.

The Private Warrants were initially valued using a Modified Black Scholes Option Pricing Model, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. The Modified Black Scholes model’s primary unobservable input utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Warrants is the expected volatility of the common stock. The expected volatility as of the Public Offering date was derived from observable Public warrant pricing on comparable ‘blank-check’ companies without an identified target. The expected volatility as of subsequent valuation dates was implied from the Company’s own Public Warrant pricing. A Monte Carlo simulation methodology was used in estimating the fair value of the Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available, using the same expected volatility as was used in measuring the fair value of the Private Warrants. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the warrants from the Units, the close price of the Public Warrant price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of warrant liabilities:

    

Private Placement

    

Public

    

Warrant Liabilities

Fair value as of January 1, 2021

$

$

$

Initial measurement on January 14, 2021

 

4,032,800

 

10,503,333

 

14,536,133

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

 

(2,499,200)

 

(6,516,666)

 

(9,015,866)

Fair value as of December 31, 2021

$

1,533,600

$

3,986,667

$

5,520,267

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurement to a Level 1 fair value measurement during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $4,600,000.

F-19

Table of Contents

The estimated fair value of the Level 3 Private Placement and Public Warrants was based on the following significant inputs:

    

Private Placement

    

Private Placement

    

Public

 

Warrants

Warrants

Warrants

December 31, 2021

January 14, 2021

January 14, 2021

 

Risk-free interest rate

1.35

%  

0.74

%  

0.74

%

Years

 

5.99

 

6.50

 

6.50

Expected volatility

 

9.15

%  

20.0

%  

20.0

%

Exercise price

$

11.50

$

11.50

$

11.50

Stock Price

$

9.75

$

9.53

$

9.53

The estimated fair value of the Convertible Promissory Note was based on the following significant inputs:

    

December 31, 2021

 

Risk-free interest rate

1.34

%

Trading days per year

252

Expected volatility

 

9.58

%

Exercise price

$

11.50

Stock Price

$

9.75

Probability of transaction

 

80.0

%

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the Level 3 Convertible Promissory Note:

    

Convertible

 Promissory 

    

Note

Fair value as of January 1, 2021

$

Proceeds received through Convertible Promissory Note

 

1,000,000

Change in valuation inputs or other assumptions

 

(270,990)

Fair value as of December 31, 2021

$

729,010

There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 from other levels in the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2021 for the convertible promissory note.

NOTE 11  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On December 13, 2021, Group Nine Media, Inc. (“Group Nine Media”), the sole member of our Sponsor, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Vox Media Holdings, Inc. (“Vox Media”), Voyager Merger Sub, Inc., a subsidiary of Vox Media (“Merger Sub”), and Group Nine Media (the “Merger Agreement”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Group Nine Media merged with the Merger Sub and became a wholly owned subsidiary of Vox Media (the “Merger”). The transaction closed on February 22, 2022.

As a result of the acquisition, Vox Media wholly owns our Sponsor. Our Sponsor holds 5,625,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which represents approximately 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock, and as such Vox Media is able to unilaterally control the election of our board of directors (“Board”) and, ultimately, the direction of the Company until our initial business combination, if any.

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. The Company did not identify any additional subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-20